Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Atlantic Union Bankshares

Atlantic Union Bankshares

aub · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker aub
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Atlantic Union Bankshares
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021
ANNUAL 
REPORT

CONTENTS 

Chair’s Message  

CEO’s Message  

Directors’ Report 

Environmental, Social and Governance Report 

Auditors Independence Declaration 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

ASX Additional Information 

Dividend Details 

Corporate Information  

1

3

6

46

62

63

64

65

67

68

129

130

135

137

138

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CHAIR’S MESSAGE 

David Clarke 
Chair 

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board of Directors, it is my great pleasure to 
present AUB Group’s 2021 Financial Year performance and 
Annual Report.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND CAPITAL 
STRENGTH
While FY21 has presented a challenging and difficult 
economic environment for our clients, partners and 
communities, our business continues to deliver resilient 
financial performance driven by strong organic growth. 
In FY21, AUB Group delivered above our original guidance 
with another strong result where Underlying Net Profit After 
Tax (UNPAT) increased by 22.9% compared to FY20, to 
$65.3m (after accounting for Software as a Service (SaaS) 
accounting policy change) as a result of ongoing progress 
against our Strategic Priorities. 

Divisionally, our Australian Broking business pre-tax profit 
grew 21.8% because of increasing commercial premiums, 
improved commercial terms from our renegotiated insurer 
agreements as well as the ongoing cost reductions. 

New Zealand pre-tax profit decreased 13.2%, primarily due 
the impact of the SaaS accounting policy change, while the 
premium rates remained flat. 

Our increased focus on Agencies and the restructure of the 
division post the acquisition of 360 Underwriting delivered a 
13.9% increase in pre-tax profit and improved the underlying 
margin by 100bps. 

BizCover continues to deliver accelerated growth and 
scale. I’m highly encouraged by the progress the Group 
has made despite the risks posed by the global pandemic, 
which speaks to underlying strong fundamentals and our 
competitive positioning in the industry.

Despite a challenging and uncertain macroeconomic 
environment, our balance sheet remains strong, the Group 
is strongly cash generative and has $89.5m in available 
funding, and a gearing ratio of 28.5% at 30 June 2021.

PROGRESS ON STRATEGIC AGENDA
The Group made successful progress on its strategic 
priorities with key highlights including the acquisition of 
360 Underwriting which became the cornerstone of our 
restructured Underwriting Agencies division.

Acquisitions of Experien, QRM and YDR continue to validate 
the success of our M&A agenda. The Group successfully 
exited the Altius Group following its exit from Allied Health in 
FY20 and this completed our strategic closure of the Health 
and Rehabilitation division. Our focus on partner entity 
consolidation continued with the Group making several 
portfolio changes to create scale, realign expertise and 
simplify operations.

Our technology focus saw ongoing momentum in the roll-
out of ExpressCover and Sentinel and we have an initiative 
underway in New Zealand. The Group’s focus on enhancing 
the AMS partner value proposition led to the launch of 
Austplacements, designed to support partners in complex 
placement both locally and internationally.

The Group’s recent investment in enhancing our partner 
value proposition has led to significant external interest in 
our services. As a result, we have launched The Insurance 
Alliance, a non-equity member offering to brokers, with 
strong initial interest.

Looking ahead, the Group’s FY22 strategic focus will 
primarily be a continuation of FY21 objectives, however the 
ongoing economic uncertainty makes future assumptions 
difficult.

DIVIDENDS
The Directors have determined a final fully franked final 
dividend of 39.0 cents per share, payable on 11 October 
2021. This, together with the interim dividend of 16.0 cents, 
results in a full year dividend of 55.0 cents, a 10.0% increase 
on FY20. The strong business results led to an improvement 
in Underlying Earnings per Share by 22.0%.

1

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CHAIR’S MESSAGE (CONTINUED)

BOARD CHANGES
In July 2021, we welcomed Peter Harmer to the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director. Peter is a respected senior 
executive from the Insurance industry and brings 
considerable industry and executive expertise and 
experience to the Board. Peter previously served as the 
Managing Director and CEO of IAG Limited, CEO of Aon 
Limited UK, Australia, New Zealand, and Pacific operations 
and is currently serving as a Non-Executive Director 
of Commonwealth Bank of Australia and nib Holdings. 
Shareholders will be asked to formally elect Peter at the 
2021 Annual General Meeting. The appointment follows 
the planned retirement of Ray Carless from the AUB Group 
Board on 31 August 2021. Ray has been an outstanding 
contributor to AUB during his time as Director and I want to 
thank Ray sincerely for his service and wish him well for the 
future. Our Board is the custodian for AUB shareholders, and 
its effectiveness is reliant upon a diversity of experience, 
expertise and perspectives and I am confident the changes 
will ensure we continue to serve this responsibility with the 
utmost care and diligence.

ENVIRONMENT, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
Robust environmental, social and governance (ESG) 
practices remain an area of focus for the Board and 
Management, while our clients, colleagues and shareholders 
are becoming increasingly interested in how we manage 
sustainability within our business. In FY21, we are pleased 
by the material progress made towards establishing 
an integrated approach to ESG resulting in increased 
transparency, accountability, and reporting against our 
objectives, as reported on page 45 of this report.

The Board is committed to ensuring the business 
acts responsibly in how we engage with our partners 
and clients, how we support our colleagues, how we 
manage our impact on the environment and how we 
contribute to the communities in which we operate. 

As a result, we have implemented policies, training, 
recruitment, and recognition practices that deliver a diverse 
and inclusive workplace, and pro-actively manage our impact 
on the environment. The business is proactively meeting the 
challenges of a pandemic and resultant local public health 
orders to innovatively redesign our business and operating 
model. As a result, AUB Group has undertaken a variety 
of market-leading initiatives designed to materially uplift 
employee welfare including remote working, home-office 
allowances, mandatory ergonomic checks, access to health 
and wellbeing programs as well as vaccine incentivisation to 
support Health authorities deliver an accelerated path out of 
the pandemic. The initiatives require significant investment, 
financial and non-financial, but are deemed essential for the 
long-term welfare of our employees and the business.

CONCLUSION
On behalf of the Board, I’d like to commend and express my 
gratitude to AUB Group partners and employees for their 
continued resilience and focus during a challenging year, 
while also acknowledging the ongoing support from our 
clients and shareholders. Although the uncertainty from the 
pandemic continues to loom over us, I’m hopeful that we will 
see a return to a more normal business life in the near future.

David Clarke  
Chair 

2

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CEO’S MESSAGE 

Michael Emmett  
Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director 

DIVISIONAL UPDATE
Australian Broking grew revenue partially by leveraging data 
and technology to better segment and target clients and 
portfolios and by managing expenses resulting in increased 
operating leverage expanding the margin by 400bps 
since FY19.

Our strategic investment in BizCover has been very positive 
with growth in their revenue of 35% and profit before tax 
growth of 66% on a proforma basis. The business has 
implemented multiple initiatives including fully re-platforming 
the BizCover technology, a new referral portal targeting the 
clients of professional advisory firms and a focus on growth 
and expansion of the New Zealand business.

A new operating structure, the acquisition of 360 
Underwriting in December, and the roll out of the new 
Sentinel Agency system are all contributing to the 
reinvigoration of Agencies with FY21 profit before tax 
growing by 15% and margin expanding by 100bps. The 
business expects further growth and benefits as these 
build momentum into FY22. 

Our New Zealand operations are still in the early stages 
of changes implemented in FY21 and anticipated to run 
until FY23. We have made significant changes to broking 
leadership, have a major technology investment underway 
and plan for acquisitions to grow scale and enhance 
broking product and geographic capability in the region. 

Our strategic exit from Health and Rehabilitation Services 
is now complete. 

Dear Shareholders,

FY21 was another successful year for AUB Group. Our 
strategic transformation continued at pace and we delivered 
a strong full-year result, above original expectation, against a 
backdrop of ongoing uncertainty in the external environment. 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
FY21 produced immense challenges for our clients and our 
partner businesses. Against that challenging backdrop, our 
client value proposition and strong business fundamentals 
enabled us to deliver record financial performance. For 
FY21, Underlying Revenue grew by 11.6% on prior year to 
$651.8m, while progress on key strategic initiatives helped 
strengthen our EBIT margin by 360bps to 31.9%, delivering 
an Underlying NPAT growth of 25.7% to $67.1m (before the 
impact of the SaaS accounting policy adjustment). 

Excellent organic profit growth of 16.3% was supplemented 
by profits from acquisitions of 10.9% (particularly from 
BizCover and Experien), driving increased revenue and 
supported by disciplined cost management across the 
network.

Configuration costs for IT projects utilising Software as a 
Service are now required to be fully expensed rather than 
capitalised and amortised over five years, as was previously 
our practice. This change has reduced FY21 Underlying Net 
Profit after Tax to $65.3m and year-on-year profit growth to 
22.9%. There is an expected similar impact in FY22.

During FY21 the Group placed ~$4.0bn in premium on behalf 
of our clients, a significant increase on prior years, bolstered 
in part by premium rate rises of 6.2% for the full year, as well 
as an improvement in our premium retention to an all-time 
high of 93%.

As a result of our strong performance, the Board has 
determined a final dividend of 39cps resulting in FY21 total 
dividends of 55cps, an increase of 10.0% on FY20. Notably, 
underlying earnings per share grew 22.0% from the prior 
year to 87.93cps.

3

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021SUPPORTING OUR TEAM 
The pandemic has been an unexpected and challenging 
experience for our teams. We’ve introduced changes to 
support teams through these challenging times including, 
for many, implementing a 4/1 work policy where teams now 
work, on a permanent basis, not as a pandemic response, a 
rostered day per week in the office, working the remaining 
4 days per week remotely. We provide team members with 
a generous home office set-up allowance and fortnightly 
stipend. We’re undertaking a major redesign of our work 
environment to increase employee engagement, have 
implemented a generous approach to leave including bonus 
days for employees on nil balances and leave incentives for 
getting vaccinated against COVID-19, as well as multiple 
programs to encourage a physically and mentally active 
and healthy lifestyle. I am very proud of the way in which 
the AUB family have dealt with these significant personal 
and commercial stresses, and we’re continually looking 
for ways to improve the experience for our teams.

CONCLUSION
FY21 was a year of extraordinary ups and downs, and our 
business continues to demonstrate a remarkable resilience. 
I’m thankful for our clients who trust us with their business-
critical risks; grateful to our teams who go above and beyond 
to deliver for our clients; and I’m so proud of how we as an 
organisation have operated in the face of such adversity. 

I look forward to updating you on our progress.

Michael Emmett  
Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director 

CEO’S MESSAGE (CONTINUED) 

PROGRESS ON STRATEGIC AGENDA
I’m very pleased with progress the Group has made on our 
Strategic priorities. The benefits from key projects have 
assisted the acceleration of underlying revenue, margin, 
and profit growth over the past two years.

Network optimisation has been identified as a key priority 
for the Group and we initiated a number of business mergers, 
realigned client portfolios, made strategic disposals, and 
rationalised entities, all to create scale, market-leadership 
and to simplify the business. Over the past two years we 
have reduced the number of operating businesses from 
105 to 75 and improved the performance of low-profit and, 
in some cases, loss-making portfolios, created specialised 
businesses that are winning new clients in the market, 
and leveraged the scale and margin benefits of larger 
Austbrokers members, creating fewer, bigger, better run 
and more profitable operations in the AUB portfolio.

Our focus on strategically aligned and disciplined acquisition 
has continued with investments in Experien, QRM, 360 
Underwriting, YDR and TLC Underwriting in FY21.

The Group’s technology landscape has rapidly transformed, 
delivering cost-effective solutions for clients and network 
partners. ExpressCover and Sentinel adoption is building and 
we commenced Project Lola in New Zealand, a new broking 
and quote-to-bind solution, for roll out later in FY22.

Enhancements to our partner proposition continued 
with the introduction of a Group Analytics capability, the 
renegotiation of multiple insurer agreements and the launch 
of our non-equity broking member network in Australia - 
The Insurance Alliance.

FY22 PRIORITIES AND OUTLOOK
Our FY22 focus will be an evolution of our FY21 priorities. 
We plan to enhance benefits from reinvigorating our 
Agencies division, further optimise our network of 
businesses, execute on additional, strategically aligned 
acquisitions, deliver market-leading technology capabilities, 
and further enhance our partner proposition.

In considering the progress we’ve made with our strategic 
priorities and the resulting positive trajectory we anticipate 
an Underlying Net Profit after Tax in FY22 of between $70m 
and $73m representing growth on continuing operations 
of 15.7% to 20.7%, translating to an underlying earnings 
per share outlook of 94.3cps to 98.3cps.

4

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ 
REPORT 

5

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

DIRECTORS 
Your Directors submit their report for the year ended 30 June 2021. The names and details of the Company’s Directors in 
office during the financial year and until the date of this report are as follows. 

D.C. Clarke LB MAICD 
(Independent Non-Executive Chair) 

Appointed:  
3 February 2014 (Chair: 26 November 2015)

Background and experience: 
David Clarke was Chief Executive Officer of Investec Bank 
(Australia) Limited from 2009 to 2013. Prior to joining Investec 
Bank, David was the CEO of Allco Finance Group and a Director 
of AMP Limited, following five years at Westpac Banking 
Corporation where he held a number of senior roles, including 
Chief Executive of BT Financial Group. David has 35 years’ 
experience in investment banking, funds management, property 
and retail banking. He was previously employed at Lend Lease 
Corporation Limited where he was an Executive Director and 
Chief Executive of MLC Limited. 

M.P.C. Emmett B Com, H.Dip. Acc CA (SA) 
(CEO and Managing Director) 

Appointed:  
11 March 2019

Background and experience: 
In addition to his role as Group CEO, Mike serves on a number 
of boards for companies in Austbrokers, AUB New Zealand and 
Austagencies. Prior to joining AUB Group, he was Group CEO for 
Cover-More, previously an ASX-listed global travel insurer and 
now part of the Zurich Group. Before this, Mike was QBE Group 
Executive of Operations and EY Managing Partner for Financial 
Services Advisory. Prior to moving to Australia, Mike held senior 
roles in Finance and Consulting in the UK and South Africa. Mike 
is also a Non-Executive Director of the Gold Coast Suns AFL 
Club and until May 2021, was on the board of ASX listed 1ST 
Group Limited.

C. L. Rogers CFA, B Com, MBA, GAICD 
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 

P. A. Lahiff BSc Agr, GAICD 
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 

Appointed:  
3 May 2018

Appointed:  
1 October 2015

Background and experience: 
Cath was appointed to the Board on 3 May 2018. She is a Non 
Executive Director of Digital Wallet Pty Ltd (trading as Beem It), 
a payments venture owned by EFTPOS, and a member of the 
Commercialisation Committee of the Heart Research Institute. 
Cath holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of New 
South Wales, an MBA from INSEAD, is a CFA Charterholder and 
a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 
She was previously a Director of McGrath Limited (2016-2018) 
and has held Senior roles in leading investment and financial 
services organisations in Sydney and overseas including AirTree 
Ventures, Anchorage Capital Partners, Masdar Capital and Credit 
Suisse. Cath is a member of the Audit & Risk, Nomination and 
Remuneration & People Committees. 

Background and experience: 
Paul joined the Board on 1 October 2015. Paul was previously 
Managing Director of Mortgage Choice Limited (2003 - 2009) 
and prior to that was CEO and an Executive Director of Heritage 
Bank and Permanent Trustee and held senior roles in Westpac 
in Sydney and London. 

Paul sits on the boards of NESS Super, Sezzle Inc, 86 400 
Holdings Ltd and Harmoney Corp Limited. He is also the Chair 
of the Steering Committee for ISO 20022 Migration for the 
Australian Payments System.

Paul holds a BSc from Sydney University and is a Graduate 
of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

He chairs the Remuneration & People Committee and is a 
member of the Audit & Risk, and Nomination Committees.

6

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

DIRECTORS (CONTINUED)

P. G. Harmer 
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 

R. J. Carless BEc
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 

Appointed:  
22 July 2021

Appointed:  
1 October 2010

Background and experience: 
Peter Harmer was previously Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer of Insurance Australia Group (IAG) Limited 
and is currently a Non-Executive Director of Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia and nib holdings limited. Prior to IAG he 
was Chief Executive Officer of Aon Limited UK and a member 
of Aon’s Global Executive Board, and spent seven years as 
Chief Executive Officer of Aon’s Australian, New Zealand and 
Pacific operation.

Background and experience: 
Ray Carless was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2010 and 
has over 40 years’ experience in the insurance industry based in 
Australia but with management responsibilities throughout the 
Pacific Rim. Until 2000 he was Managing Director of reinsurance 
brokers Benfield Greig in Australia, a position he had held for 
over 14 years, and he had also been a director of the Worldwide 
Holding Company located in London for 10 years. He has been 
a director of a number of companies involved in the Australian 
insurance industry since 2000. Ray is a member of the Audit 
& Risk, Nomination and Remuneration & People Committees.

R. J. Low B Com, FCA, GAICD 
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 

Appointed:  
3 February 2014

Background and experience: 
Robin Low was a partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers. She 
has over 30 years’ experience in financial services, particularly 
insurance, and specialises in assurance and risk management. 
Robin was appointed to the Board on 3 February 2014. She 
chairs the Audit & Risk Committee and is a member of the 
Nomination and Remuneration & People Committees. Ms. Low 
is also a Director of ASX listed companies: Appen Limited, IPH 
Limited and Marley Spoon AG. Until February 2020, she was 
on the board of CSG Limited. She also serves on the boards 
of Australian Reinsurance Pool Corporation, Gordian Runoff 
Limited, and not-for-profit organisations: Primary Ethics and 
Guide Dogs NSW/ACT. Robin serves on the audit committee of 
the University of New South Wales, and is a past Deputy Chair 
of the Auditing and Assurance Standards Board.

7

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

BOARD SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE 
The average tenure at 30 June 2021 of the board is 6 years. The AUB Group Board included 6 members for the entire year 
of which 2 were female (minimum target 30%). The Board comprises directors with a diverse range of skills, experience and 
backgrounds to support the effective governance and robust decision-making of the Group, with a particular focus on the key 
desired areas listed below. An assessment of the optimum mix of Board skills and experience takes place regularly.

BOARD TENURE

BOARD DIVERSITY

17%

17%

33%

33%

33%

0–3 years

3–6 years

6–9 years

9+ years

Female

Male

67%

The Board seeks to have an appropriate mix of skills, experience, expertise and diversity (including gender and skills diversity) 
to effectively discharge its responsibilities, appropriately monitor risk management and add value to the Group.

The Board has identified the following strategic priorities for the Group to drive long-term sustained shareholder growth and 
value:

 – Deliver market leading technology capabilities;
 – Continue to optimise our network to drive market leadership;
 – Reinvigorate insurance agencies to drive growth, scale and margin improvement;
 – Enhance partner proposition (product, capacity, services); and
 – Execute on strategically aligned acquisitions.

Having regard to these execution priorities, the following table sets out the mix of skills and experience the Board considers 
necessary or desirable and the extent to which they are represented on the Board as at 30 June 2021:

8

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SKILL / EXPERIENCE

SUMMARY

DIRECTORS’ AVERAGE SKILL RATING

Strategy

Expertise and experience defining strategic 
objectives, assessing business plans and driving 
execution in large, complex, and decentralised 
organisations.

Corporate Governance, 
Legal, Regulatory 
& Public Policy 

High standards of corporate governance, compliance 
and monitoring legal, regulatory and public policy 
frameworks and trends.

Industry Knowledge 
and Expertise

Experience and expertise in customer centric 
financial services, including the insurance industry.

Remuneration, 
People & Culture

Board committee membership or management 
experience in monitoring company culture, 
people management, succession planning and 
remuneration frameworks and policy.

Financial Reporting 
and Management

Senior experience with financial management, 
reporting and audit.

Corporate Transactions

Knowledge and experience in assessing and 
completing complex corporate transactions, 
including mergers, acquisitions, divestments, 
major projects and business integrations. 

Risk Management

Experience in financial and non-financial risk 
management in large, complex, and decentralised 
organisations.

Technology

Knowledge and experience in digital transformation, 
data-analytics, automation, data security, and 
business continuity.

Social Responsibility

Experience and a commitment to social 
responsibility, environmental stewardship, workplace 
safety, workplace diversity, and community support.

4.7
5

4.0
5

4.3
5

4.0
5

4.3
5

4.8
5

4.5
5

3.5
5

3.8
5

9

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

COMPANY SECRETARIES

R. H. Bell, LLB, B.Comm (Law)
Richard joined AUB Group Ltd on 15 June 2021 and was appointed Group General Counsel & Company Secretary on 29 June 
2021. Before joining AUB Group, he was General Counsel (Corporate) & Group Company Secretary at Aristocrat Leisure Limited 
and previously in private practice specialising in Mergers & Acquisitions at Allens Linklaters.

D. J Franks, BEc, CA, F Fin, FGIA, JP (Joint Company Secretary)
David was Joint Company Secretary of AUB Group Ltd from 20 December 2018 to 4 November 2019 and from 29 April 2020 to 
29 June 2021. David is a Director and Principal of the Automic Group, and has been CFO, Company Secretary and/or Director for 
numerous ASX listed companies.

A K. T. Luu, BBus, LLB, MCom, LLM, FGIA, Dip IT (Joint Company Secretary)
Allan joined AUB Group Ltd on 10 December 2018 as General Counsel (Interim) and was appointed Joint Company Secretary on 
20 December 2018. He was previously Legal Counsel at DXC (formerly CSC) and the Transurban Group and General Counsel and 
Company Secretary at a number of SMEs. Prior to that, he was in private practice at K&L Gates, Baker & McKenzie and Ogier.

INTERESTS IN THE SHARES AND OPTIONS OF THE COMPANY AND RELATED BODIES CORPORATE
Non-executive Directors are encouraged by the Board to hold shares in the Company. It is considered good governance for Non-
Executive Directors to have a stake in the companies on whose Boards they sit.

As at the date of this report, the interests of the Directors in the shares and options of AUB Group Limited were: 

D. C. Clarke (Chair)

M. P. C. Emmett (CEO)

C. L. Rogers

P. A. Lahiff

P. G. Harmer

R. J. Carless

R. J. Low

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares

Number of 
Options over 
Ordinary 
Shares

 23,087 

–

–

 354,824 

 6,000 

 10,334 

–

 25,395 

 20,536 

–

–

–

–

–

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
As at the date of this report, the Company had an Audit & Risk Committee, Remuneration & People Committee and a Nomination 
Committee of the Board of Directors. Board members acting on the committees of the Board during the year were:

MEMBER OF:

Audit & Risk 

Remuneration & People

Nomination

D. C. Clarke

C. L. Rogers

P. A. Lahiff

R. J. Carless

R. J. Low

  Committee chair
   Committee member

10

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS
The number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of committees of Directors) held during the year and the number of 
meetings attended by each Director were as follows: 

Directors’ Meetings

Audit & Risk

Remuneration & People

Nomination

Meetings of Committees

No. of meetings held

No of meetings attended:

D. C. Clarke (Chair)

M. P. C. Emmett*

C. L. Rogers

P. A. Lahiff

R. J. Carless

R. J. Low

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

*  Mr. Emmett was not a member of any committee but attended all possible committee meetings as an invitee. All other Directors were eligible to attend all 

meetings held.

OUR PURPOSE AND VALUES
We place clients at the heart of everything we do – providing products, services and solutions that help protect them from 
harm, damage and financial burden. Our partners and advisers provide trusted support and guidance to clients on the optimal 
combination of physical, people and financial risk solutions. Our approach is backed by the same commitment to high-quality 
service that we’ve had from the start. Our services are designed to help our partners to operate safely, manage the business 
more profitably and achieve better outcomes for clients. Together we’re providing a safer and stronger future for all.

AUB GROUP
SERVICES

SOLUTIONS
& PRODUCTS

PARTNERS
& ADVISORS

CLIENTS

P e o ple

cial Risk

n
a
n
i
F

e
c
n
a
Fin

L

e

g

a

l

d

P

artn

evelo
su
p
p
p
ort

m

er
e
nt

P

e

o

p

l

e

R

i

s
k

T

e

c

h

n

o

l

o

g

y

g

etin
k
ar
M

C

o

m

pliance

Physical R i s k

Acquisition

In v est m e nt

At AUB Group we are guided by a universal set of values that describe the focus of our efforts. Our goal is for all of our decisions 
and actions to reflect these core values. We believe that putting our values into practice creates the greatest benefits for our 
shareholders, partners, employees, suppliers and communities in which we serve.

For further information on our stakeholders and measurements of success please refer to our ESG Report on page 45.

11

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
AUB Group Limited (AUB Group or Group) is an ASX200 listed group comprising 75 insurance broking and underwriting agency 
businesses operating in ~500 locations across Australia and New Zealand. We work with 850,000 clients to place more than 
$4.0b in insurance premiums with local and foreign insurers. 

AUB Group operates through four key business segments. The Group’s core revenue is derived from arranging insurance 
policies and from related products and services. The amount of revenue earned is determined by premiums placed, sums 
insured and the general level of economic activity.

Australian Broking businesses provide insurance broking and advisory services primarily to SME clients. The division 
encompasses 50 broking businesses, complimented by established capabilities in member services, life insurance broking, 
premium funding, and claims management. 

In New Zealand, our broking and agency businesses provide insurance broking and advisory services primarily to SME clients. 
AUB Group holds equity stakes in 5 major insurance broker partners, two agencies and 1 platform as well as ownership of 
NZbrokers which is the largest broking management group in New Zealand.

Australian Agencies distribute and manage insurance products on behalf of licensed insurance companies through General 
Commercial, Strata and Specialty sub-divisions with a total of 27 agencies with access to delegated global underwriting 
capacity. These services are available to customers of insurance brokers, in and outside the Group’s broking networks. 

Support service businesses provide a diverse range of services to support the Broking, Agency, and New Zealand segments, 
and external clients. Support services include:

1.  BizCover1: automated quoting, white-labelling, and technological support.
2.  Corporate: AUB Group Head office.

The Health and Rehab division ceased during the year on disposal of Altius Group Holdings Pty Ltd on 31 March 2021.

These sub segments are not individually reportable.

TOTAL INCOME BY SEGMENT2

UNDERLYING PROFIT BEFORE TAX 
BY SEGMENT2

12%

17%

(3)%

11%

(11)%

12%

18%

14%

2021

14%

2020

58%

14%

16%

2021

55%

16%

17%

76%

2020

78%

Australian Broking

Australian Agencies

New Zealand

Support Services

The Group owns equity stakes in its partner businesses which provide trusted support and guidance to clients relating to 
physical, people and financial risks. This is backed by services the Group provides that help our partners operate with less risk, 
manage their businesses more profitably and ultimately achieve better client outcomes. These services include broker member 
services, claims and loss adjusting businesses, technology support, a centralised data-center and related infrastructure support, 
common broking and back-office platforms, finance, tax, M&A, human resources, risk, compliance and other operational 
support services.

1 
2  

BizCover was previously a part of Australian Broking. Comparative periods have been restated.
 Total Income is presented on a statutory basis whilst Underlying Net Profit Before Tax is a non IFRS measure. Refer to Note 3 within the Financial Report for 
further information.

12

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Reconciliation of Reported Net Profit After Tax to Underlying Net Profit After Tax
The following reconciliation from Reported NPAT to UNPAT is presented on the basis attributable to equity holders of the parent:

Net Profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent

Add back/(less) net impact (after tax and non-controlling interests), of the following items:

- Share of Amortisation of broking registers

- Adjustments to value of entities (to fair value) on the day they became controlled entities 

- Remeasurement of put option liability (net of Interest unwind)

- Share of impairment charge

- Share of movements in contingent consideration, net of impairment charge

- (Profit)/Loss on deconsolidation of controlled entity 

- Capital losses not previously recognised

-  Share of Profit from sale or dilution of interests in associates, controlled entities  

and broking portfolio

- Share of Impairment of the Right of Use Asset and Onerous Lease Expense

- Share of Legal, due diligence and debt costs

Underlying Net Profit After Tax

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

70,621

46,984

10,948

(3,851)

5,587

2,679

(372)

(18,138)

(1,791)

(2,050)

611

1,057

7,114

(2,862)

(3,861)

3,578

(476)

2,899

(2,250)

(961)

1,785

1,202

65,301

53,152

Operating results for the year
In the year ended 30 June 2021 (FY21) Reported Net Profit After Tax attributable to equity holders of the parent (Reported 
NPAT) was $70.62m (FY20*: $46.98m), a 50.32% increase from the prior year. This increase was driven by a mixture of strong 
underlying organic and acquisition growth primarily in the Australian Broking division and a profit on sale of the Altius Group.

On a Reported NPAT basis, earnings per share was 95.09 cents for the full year, 49.20% above the prior comparable period.

Underlying Net Profit After Tax (Underlying NPAT) is the key measure used by management and the board to assess and review 
business performance. Underlying NPAT excludes non-controlling interests and the impact of fair value adjustments to the 
carrying value of associates, profits on sale and deconsolidation of controlled entities, contingent consideration adjustments, 
amortisation of intangibles, impairment charges and acquisition costs.

Underlying NPAT increased 22.86% to $65.30m in FY21 (FY20: $53.15m) due mainly to the mixture of strong underlying organic 
and acquisition driven growth primarily in the Australian Broking division.

Impact of adjustment to accounting for Software as a Service (SaaS)
In April 2021 the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) issued an interpretation of existing accounting standards requiring 
SaaS configuration costs to be expensed as incurred. Previously such costs were capitalised and amortised. This reduced AUB’s 
FY21 UNPAT by $1.82m (FY20: by $0.26m).

Excluding the impacts of SaaS, the Underlying NPAT would have grown 25.69% to $67.12 in FY21 (FY20: $53.41m).

* 

The comparative period has been restated as result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

13

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Underlying EPS and Dividend Growth 

65.30

+12.72% AAGR 

39.92

43.52

53.15

46.71

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Underlying NPAT ($’m)       ••••••••••••••••   Linear (Underlying NPAT ($’m))

Underlying NPAT has increased by 22.86% over the prior year, and by 12.72% on average per year, over the past 5 years. 
Underlying earnings per share (EPS) increased by 21.96% over the prior year. 

Dividend per share for FY21 of 55.0 cents increased 10.00% on prior year.

Underlying EPS and Dividend Growth 

62.5

67.2

67.1

72.1

42.0

45.5

46.0

87.9

50.0

55.0

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Underlying EPS (cents)            Dividend per share (cents)    

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

14

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)
Australian Broking* – underlying pre-tax profit for the year increased by 21.79% to $71.97m. This increase was predominantly 
driven by:

 – Increased Commercial Lines insurance premiums of 6.21% over the period; 
 – Renegotiated major insurer agreements improving insurance commercials; and
 – Ongoing cost reductions due to network rationalisation. 

Acquisition related profit growth included a strong contribution from the investment in Experien Insurance Services 
(1 August 2020).

New Zealand – underlying pre-tax profit for the year decreased by 13.25% to $10.57m. Continued flat premium rates were 
observed and additional SaaS costs of $1.9m were expensed. NZbrokers continues to perform well with growth in members 
and a continually enhanced membership proposition including in the technology space.

Australian Agencies – underlying pre-tax profit for the year increased by 13.92% to $14.84m. COVID-19 impacted clients in 
the Hospitality, Bus and Coach and Film industries during a transitional year. Additional SaaS costs of $0.8m were expensed 
during the year. The restructuring of the division commenced complemented by the investment in 360 Underwriting Solutions 
on 1 December 2020, accelerating AUB Group’s scale in Agencies.

BizCover1 – underlying pre-tax profit for the year increased by 190.02% to $8.87m. FY20 included 5 months of BizCover 
(investment 1 February 2020). Organic profit growth was assisted by operating leverage, scalability of the platform and strong 
revenue growth.

Health & Rehab - pre-tax profits increased by 2.53% to $4.26m for the year. This was despite the sale of Allied Health effective 
1 April 2020 and the sale of Altius Group effective 1 April 2021 and the resulting closure of the division. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION
The equity attributable to shareholders of AUB Group Limited has increased to $478.75m from $429.28m at 30 June 2020, 
mainly due to the impact of the current year financial performance and an increase in share capital due to acquisition.

The Group generated positive cash flow from operating activities of $83.84m (2020: $78.00m) excluding customer trust 
account movements. Cash inflow of $23.23m from investing activities in FY21 was due mainly to the disposal of Altius Group 
offset by acquisitions of 360 Underwriting Solutions, Experien Insurance Services increased investments in associates. Cash 
flows used in financing activities of $96.99m were due to dividends paid to shareholders including non-controlling interests 
(including FY20 AUB Group interim dividend deferred to FY21), payments to increase our shareholding in controlled entities and 
the repayment of debt (from proceeds received from the aforementioned Altius sale). Cash held at the end of the period totaled 
$281.82m of which $205.23m were customer monies held in trust).

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings decreased by $19.49m to $212.28m. Debt covenant outcomes are as follows:

Gearing (Debt/Debt plus equity)

Leverage (Debt/EBITDA)

2021

2020*

28.50%

34.23%

1.99:1

2.47:1

Note: Debt and EBITDA include look through shares of associates debt and EBITDA for covenant purposes.

Whilst included in covenant calculations, the look through share of borrowings by associates of $17.54m (2020: $20.06m)2 are 
not included in the Group balance sheet as these entities are not consolidated. 

The borrowings by associates relate largely to funding of acquisitions, premium funding and other financing activities.

1 
2 

* 

 BizCover division was previously a part of Australian Broking. Comparative periods have been restated. 
Total debt of associates, after considering AUB Group’s percentage shareholding.

The comparative period has been restated as result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

15

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

BUSINESS STRATEGY
AUB Group’s strategy remains consistent – exploit the latent potential in our existing businesses supplemented with 
strategically aligned acquisitions:

 – Deliver a market leading proposition for our brokers, and in-turn our clients, by investing in processes, technologies and 

insurer offerings and arrangements that drive commercially efficient and effective outcomes;

 – Continued focus on growing our size and market-share by optimising our network of portfolio businesses via consolidation, 

specialisations and realignments, as well as targeted engagement to improve underlying business performance; and

 – Manage our active pipeline of external M&A opportunities through a disciplined and strategic approach to investment.

In FY22, the business will continue to evolve its focus from FY21 priorities with specific accountability for the following:

 – Deliver market-leading technology capabilities: drive adoption of ExpressCover and Sentinel in Australia and commence 

implementation of a technology solution for NZbrokers members;

 – Continue to optimise our network to drive market leadership: execute on consolidation, portfolio realignment and 

specialisation plans underway and influence underlying businesses to drive outperformance;

 – Reinvigorate Insurance Agencies: capitalise on the recent major acquisition and restructure to build our agency scale and 
capabilities to deliver improved growth and profitability via enhanced binder capacity and offering proposition, increased 
penetration into the Austbrokers network and leveraging synergies;

 – Enhance Partner Proposition: leverage the Group’s scale and expertise to source market-leading offerings for our clients 

to manage their risk and allow our partners to ‘win’ in market; and.

 – Execute on strategically aligned acquisitions: increased investments in current network businesses, new complementary 

bolt-ons as well as potential material external strategic investments.

PROSPECTS FOR FUTURE FINANCIAL YEARS
AUB Group has benefited from investment in our core capabilities, cost management and pricing tailwinds. The Group continues 
to hold a modest outlook on the underwriting cycle with a premise that we are in the midst of a positive phase which may extend 
longer than originally expected.

16

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

GOVERNANCE
Our Corporate Governance Statement is founded on the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations. 
The Statement is periodically reviewed and, if necessary, revised to reflect the changing nature of the Group and the regulatory 
environment. The responsibilities of the Board of Directors and those functions reserved to the Board, together with the 
responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer are set out in our Board Charter. To assist with governance AUB Group has 
established Board Committees and policies. In FY21, AUB Group implemented, revised and updated a number of policies.

RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group recognises that appropriate risk management is required to enable delivery of its strategic objectives. The Board, 
supported by the Board Audit & Risk Committee, has responsibility for the effective oversight of material risks to the business, 
setting the Group’s risk appetite and tolerance, and reviewing the risk management framework, including the identification, 
assessment, management and monitoring of material risks.

The activities of the Board, and the Audit & Risk Committee specifically, include:

 – Board approval of the business strategy, which encompasses the Group’s vision, purpose and strategy statements designed 

to meet stakeholders’ needs;

 – implementation of Board approved operating plans and budgets, as well as monitoring of progress against these budgets, 
including the establishment and monitoring of key performance indicators of both a financial and non-financial nature;
 – approval of the Risk Management Framework, the associated Risk Appetite Statement, and consideration of the adequacy 

of risk treatments to remain within the Board’s approved risk appetite and tolerances; and 

 – oversight of policies, procedures and activities to support the effective management of risk across the Group.

The AUB Group Board of Directors is responsible for monitoring the corporate governance of AUB Group Limited. The Board 
guides and monitors the business and affairs of AUB Group on behalf of stakeholders and its activities are governed by the 
Constitution. The Board structure is summarised here:

AUB BOARD

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE          REMUNERATION & PEOPLE COMMITTEE          NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Delegated Authority Policy

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

New Zealand 
Board

Agency Board

Austbrokers 
Member 
Services Board

Risk 
Management 
Executive 
Committee

Financial Risk 
Management 
Committee

Technology & 
Transformation 
Committee

17

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

 KEY BUSINESS RISKS
The Group is exposed to various risks in the course of its operations and achievement of its strategic objectives. Broad risk 
categories, which may impact the Group’s business strategy and prospects for the future financial year, include: 

DESCRIPTION

MANAGING THE RISK

Adverse strategic decisions, improper 
implementation of strategic decisions 
– including but not limited to Merger & 
Acquisitions - a lack of responsiveness 
to industry changes or exposure to 
economic, market or demographic 
considerations that negatively affect 
AUB Group’s market position, brand 
or reputation.

Unfavourable outcomes from 
inappropriate management interest 
rate, foreign exchange, counterparty 
credit, liquidity, and self-insurance risks 
as well as adverse effects from capital 
structure and funding.

Risk of AUB Group, including its partner 
businesses, providing inappropriate 
advice, or breaching its compliance 
and legal obligations (including license 
conditions), leading to reputational 
damage, fines, or breach of contract.

Losses arising from fraud, inadequate 
or failed internal processes, systems 
or people or from external events 
impacting operational capabilities.

The risk that services performed by 
external service providers, including 
related and third parties, are not 
managed in line with the servicing 
contracts or standards required by the 
Board, resulting in negative impacts 
to shareholders, partners and/or 
customers.

Exposure to changes in personnel and 
an inability to attract and retain quality 
and appropriate staff to maintain 
overall business capability, including 
inadequate succession planning.

Ongoing communication and engagement of partner 
network. Alignment of reporting lines and short and long 
term objectives of key personnel to the Group’s strategic 
objectives. Board monitoring of management’s progress 
against strategic objectives. Employment and retention 
of competent and experienced staff, supplemented by 
qualified external advisors (including due diligence). 
Review of major acquisitions or disposals by the Board.

Group oversight and monitoring of key risk indicators 
including regular forecasting, sensitivity analysis, 
and scenario testing. Internal policies on tolerance 
thresholds including board notification limits. Focus 
on strong balance sheet and liquidity positions.

A uniform governance and reporting framework across 
all divisions with delegated decision-making thresholds 
to Board level. Group oversight and monitoring of key 
financial and non-financial risk indicators. Regular 
training and monitoring of changes in legislation, 
regulation, public policy, and best practice (including 
corporate social responsibility).

Maintaining strong risk culture, breach reporting, 
and whistle-blowing mechanisms and protections. 
Employment and retention of competent and 
experienced staff, supplemented by qualified external 
advisors are required.

Implementation of strong governance framework and 
delegated decision making to ensure best practices 
implemented in partnering and selection of service 
providers. Ongoing review of key suppliers against 
contract terms and agreed service levels. Monitoring 
of over reliance of suppliers and concentration risk.

Ongoing business continuity and disaster recovery 
planning.

Regular monitoring of staff hours, succession planning 
and skill gaps to identify recruitment needs. 

Use of career development plans, and training to keep 
talent engaged. Use of employee engagement surveys 
and anonymous feedback to be pro-active in employee 
satisfaction, work-life balance, and mental health.

RISK

Strategic

Financial

Compliance  
& Legal

Operational

Partnering & 
Outsourcing

People 

18

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

 KEY BUSINESS RISKS (CONTINUED)

RISK

DESCRIPTION

MANAGING THE RISK

Environmental 
Social Responsibility

Climate change is a material risk to 
the global economy including the 
insurance sector. As a result of an 
increased frequency and severity of 
climate related events the availability 
and cost of insurance coverage 
for some of our customers may be 
materially impacted.

Our decentralised operating approach and diversified 
investment strategy helps manage concentration risk 
to locations, industries, and products. As a result we 
are not materially exposed to industries expected to 
be significantly impacted by climate change.

We monitor our exposure to industries expected to 
be adversely impacted by climate change as well as 
exposure to those industries negatively impacting 
climate change as part of our Environmental, Social, 
Governance (ESG) initiatives. Refer to the ESG Report 
for further information. 

We monitor policy and product issues within the 
Austbrokers Member Services Board which contains 
representatives from across the Austbrokers network.

We actively engage with insurers to extend our product 
range for new and emerging markets, as well as increase 
our capacity to service industries expected to face 
difficulties in obtaining insurance.

We have established specialty brokers and agencies 
to enhance our ability to service ‘hard to place’ risks.

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS
There were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the consolidated entity during the financial year, other than 
acquisitions and disposals disclosed above.

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE DATE
On 26 August 2021, the Directors of AUB Group Limited determined a final fully franked dividend on ordinary shares of 39.0 
cents per share in respect of the 2021 financial year. Based on the current number of ordinary shares on issue, the total amount 
of the dividend is estimated to be $29.02m.

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND PERFORMANCE
The Directors are satisfied that adequate systems are in place for management of the Company’s environmental responsibility 
and compliance with various requirements and regulations. The Directors are not aware of any material breaches to these 
requirements, and to their best knowledge, all activities have been undertaken in compliance with environmental requirements. 
Refer to the Environmental, Social and Governance Report for more details.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
During or since the end of the financial year, the Company has paid premiums in respect of a contract insuring all the Directors 
and Officers of AUB Group Limited against liabilities, past, present and future. 

In accordance with normal commercial practice, the disclosure of the total amount of premiums under and the nature of the 
liabilities covered by the insurance contract is prohibited by a confidentiality clause in the contract. 

INDEMNIFICATION OF AUDITORS
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young Australia, as part of the terms 
of its audit engagement agreement, against claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified amount). No 
payment has been made to indemnify Ernst & Young during or since the financial year.

19

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

REMUNERATION & PEOPLE 
COMMITTEE CHAIR’S LETTER

Dear Shareholders 

On behalf of the AUB Group Board, I am pleased to present 
our Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 
30 June 2021. 

The purpose of this report is to outline AUB Group’s 
remuneration strategy and framework for its Key 
Management Personnel (KMP) and, in particular, the 
links between AUB Group’s remuneration framework and 
business strategy, performance and reward.

Key highlights for FY21
Key FY21 financial highlights, based on underlying 
operational performance, include the following:

 – Underlying revenue of $651.81m*, representing growth 

of 11.63% from FY20,

 – Underlying NPAT of $65.30m, representing growth of 

22.86% from FY20, 

 – Underlying earnings per share of 87.93 cents, an uplift 

of 21.96% in comparison to FY20. 

Key governance and people & culture highlights include 
the following: 

 – From FY22, introducing a deferral component into the 
STI program for Group Executives, under which part of 
the STI outcome is delivered in cash and the remainder 
is deferred for up to 24 months. Deferred STI supports 
retention and more closely aligns the interests of 
executives and shareholders. 

 – Shifting to a policy where there is no retest of LTI 

performance options, meaning that they lapse if vesting 
conditions are not met at the end of the performance 
period.

 – Adopting enhanced disclosure practices in connection 
with a number of remuneration related matters. These 
include, in addition to required statutory disclosures, 
introducing retrospective disclosure in this Remuneration 
Report of the actual quantitative LTI and STI targets 
set by the Board, together with disclosure of actual 
performance against these targets. 

The Board believes that these changes further enhance AUB 
Group’s remuneration framework and people strategy, and 
the additional disclosure practices mean that AUB Group 
continues to provide clear and transparent disclosure.

Alignment between performance 
and remuneration outcomes
AUB Group’s remuneration strategy and framework is based 
on a ‘pay for performance’ philosophy which supports 
sustainable value for our shareholders. 

Group Executives received on average 147% of their 
STI target award, compared to the maximum target STI 
opportunity of 150%. Executive KPI’s included an Underlying 
NPAT growth target. Underlying NPAT used to measure 
this growth includes the extra cost related to the change in 
accounting policy related to Software as a Service but was 
adjusted to exclude JobKeeper receipts. Adjusting for these 
items, the company achieved UNPAT growth of 22.3% on 
prior year.

This Remuneration Report discloses the outcomes of both 
the FY18 LTI grant (performance period ending 30 June 
2020, with a 4th year retesting in August 2021) as well as 
the FY19 LTI grant (performance period ending 30 June 
2021). Based on sustained long-term performance over 
these relevant performance periods, 85.45% (in total) of LTI 
options across these two grants vested following testing 
against the TSR and EPS performance measures. This was 
driven by strong EPS growth, combined with high relative 
TSR performance resulting in AUB Group significantly 
outperforming its Peer Comparator Group.

Looking ahead – FY22 and beyond
The Board continues to monitor AUB Group’s incentive 
schemes to ensure they are competitive and effective in 
driving business strategy and financial performance in the 
interests of shareholders.

Consistent with this objective, the Board intends to apply 
an Outperformance (OP) Plan in FY22 for certain Group 
Executives. The OP plan will complement the annual 
executive remuneration framework by providing a potential 
reward for longer term outperformance. Vesting will 
require stretch performance well exceeding regular LTI 
plan expectations, needing successful execution of growth 
initiatives in a highly competitive landscape. Awards 
proposed to be made to the CEO & Managing Director under 
the Plan will be voted on by shareholders at the AGM later 
this year, with details of the Plan included in the Notice of 
Annual General Meeting and Explanatory Statement.

Any changes will continue to reflect AUB Group’s ‘pay for 
performance’ philosophy and drive sustainable shareholder 
value.

We invite you to read the Remuneration Report and welcome 
your feedback. 

Paul Lahiff  
Chair of Remuneration & People Committee

* 

Total revenue in the Group, including associates (100% view) before considering ownership. This is a non IFRS measure.

20

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

REMUNERATION REPORT OVERVIEW
This Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2021 has been prepared in accordance with section 300A of the 
Corporations Act and has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act. 

Terms used in this Remuneration Report are defined in the Glossary on page 43.

List of KMPs – Reporting Period

Table 1 below outlines the KMP during the Reporting Period. 

Name

Position

Term as KMP

Non-Executive Directors

David Clarke

Ray Carless

Paul Lahiff

Robin Low

Cath Rogers

Executive KMP

Michael Emmett

Mark Shanahan

Chair; Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Full financial year

Full financial year

Full financial year

Full financial year

Full financial year

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Full financial year

Chief Financial Officer

Full financial year

Non-Executive Director appointment after Reporting Period but before date of Remuneration Report
The appointment of Peter Harmer as a Non-Executive Director was confirmed by the Board on 22 July 2021, after the Reporting 
Period, subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting in November 2021.

Contents
This Remuneration Report is set out in the following sections:

Section 1 – Group Executive Remuneration Framework

Section 2 – How Variable Remuneration is Structured

Section 3 – Remuneration Outcomes and Alignment to Performance 

Section 4 – Remuneration Governance 

Section 5 – Non-Executive Director Remuneration

Section 6 – Statutory Remuneration Tables and Data

Section 7 – Glossary of terms commonly used in this Remuneration Report

21

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 1  GROUP EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

OUR REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES

The following principles guide AUB Group’s remuneration strategy and ‘pay for performance’ 
philosophy, which are designed to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled individuals.

Alignment to shareholder 
interests & sustainable 
shareholder returns

Encourage behaviours consistent 
with values & deliver good 
partner outcomes

Reflect the markets 
we recruit from 
and need to be 
competitive in.

Performance based – 
link rewards to business 
results and strategy

Robust governance 
with focus on risk 
management

GROUP EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

FIXED

STI

LTI

FIXED REMUNERATION
Base salary, superannuation 
& other benefits

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE (STI)
Reward for strong individual and 
group performance during the 
performance period

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE (LTI)
Reward for sustainable longer-term 
AUB Group performance

 – Experience, position and 

responsibilities
 – Competitive fixed 

remuneration in the market

VALUE DETERMINED BY

Achievement of annual financial 
and non-financial performance 
hurdles at a:

 – TSR – 40% weighting
 – EPS – 60% weighting

 – Group level
 – Business unit level
 – Individual level

HOW DOES IT LINK WITH STRATEGY & PERFORMANCE

 – Provides competitive ongoing 
remuneration in recognition 
of day-to-day responsibilities 
and accountabilities

 – Supports annual delivery of 

 – Focuses on multi-year metrics 

key strategic and operational 
targets and to recognise and 
reward individual performance

 – Deferred STI supports 

retention and more closely 
aligns the interest of 
executives and shareholders

that support sustained 
shareholder value creation 
 – Delivered in equity to align 
the interests of executives 
and shareholders

 – Supports retention

AT RISK

22

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 1  GROUP EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK (CONTINUED)

Group Executive Remuneration Mix 
Total remuneration includes both a fixed component and an at-risk or performance-related component, comprising both short-
term and long-term incentives. The Board views the at-risk component as an essential driver of a high-performance culture and 
one that contributes to achievement of sustainable shareholder returns.

The following illustration shows the remuneration mix for the Group Executives in FY21. It has been modelled on the average of 
the Group Executive’s target opportunity (but excluding any contractual severance entitlements).

The Board aims to achieve a balance between fixed and performance-related components of remuneration. The actual 
remuneration mix for the Group Executives will vary depending on the level of performance achieved by the AUB Group.

CEO Target Remuneration Mix

Target Remuneration

Maximum Remuneration

Actual Remuneration

37%

33%

33%

26%

34%

34%

37%

33%

33%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Fixed

STI Cash

LTI

Group Executive (ex-CEO) Target Remuneration Mix

Target Remuneration

50%

33%

17%

Maximum Remuneration

Actual Remuneration

44%

44%

41%

41%

15%

15%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Fixed

STI Cash

LTI

23

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 1  GROUP EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK (CONTINUED)

Group Executive remuneration time horizon 
The following diagram provides an illustrative indication of how remuneration will be delivered to Group Executives from 
FY22 onwards. 

Fixed Remuneration

STI cash component (70%)

STI deferred component (15%)

STI deferred component (15%)

LTI

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Date granted

End of deferral/performance period

Date paid/eligible for vesting

Adjustments to CEO remuneration
Following a remuneration review during the Reporting Period that considered company and individual performance, market 
relativities and competitive external market trends, the CEO & Managing Director’s total fixed remuneration increased by 
$147,440 to $1,000,000 resulting in his total target remuneration increasing to $2,750,000. 

These adjustments took effect from 1 July 2021.

A summary of the adjustments to CEO & Managing Director remuneration arrangements are as follows: 

 – Fixed Remuneration: $1,000,000
 – STI (at target): $750,000*
 – LTI opportunity: $1,000,000**

*   Maximum Short-Term Incentive opportunity for FY22 is capped at 150% of target STI award.
**   FY22 LTI opportunity is subject to being approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in November 2021.

24

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021SECTION 1  GROUP EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK (CONTINUED)

SECTION 2  HOW VARIABLE REMUNERATION IS STRUCTURED

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI) – HOW DOES IT WORK?

Description

Group Executives have the opportunity to earn an annual incentive award which is delivered in cash. 
The STI Plan recognises and rewards short-term performance.

STI opportunity 

The STI Plan is considered to be at-risk remuneration and is not a guaranteed part of Group 
Executive remuneration. 

A target opportunity is set for each Group Executive, which is earned if individual performance is on 
target and the participant performs against a balanced scorecard set of KPIs, which includes both 
financial and non-financial measures that have weighted allocations and are aligned to AUB Group’s 
strategic priorities (the Balanced Scorecard). The Board determines the total STI pool to be 
distributed. 

Group Executives (including the CEO) have a target STI of between 40% and 70% of fixed 
remuneration. The maximum STI payout is capped at a maximum of 150% of a participant’s target 
STI opportunity.

Performance 
conditions

Group Executive performance is assessed against a Balanced Scorecard (for further details of the 
CEO’s Balanced Scorecard, refer to Table 4).

Individual targets as set out in the Balanced Scorecard include consideration as to role-related 
accountabilities and responsibilities in the context of business strategy and objectives. 

A behavioral gateway is incorporated into the performance review process and operates to 
reduce an incentive payment should there be conduct that is inconsistent with AUB Group’s 
values, irrespective of performance. The Group CEO’s behaviour is assessed by the Board. 
Group Executives’ behaviors are assessed by the CEO, who recommends eligibility to the Board. 

Underlying NPAT is the key financial performance measure in the Balanced Scorecard, is used by 
management and the Board to assess operational performance and is a strong indication of the 
underlying health of the business.

Why were these 
performance 
conditions chosen?

The Board considers that a Balanced Scorecard which contains weighted allocations to both 
financial and non-financial performance conditions is appropriate as they are aligned with 
AUB Group’s objectives of delivering sustainable growth and returns to shareholders.

Group Executives have a clear line of sight to KPIs and are able to directly affect outcomes through 
their own actions. Group Executives are also assessed on behaviour metrics (the ‘how’) which 
contribute to that individual’s overall performance rating. This operates to reduce an incentive 
payment should there be conduct that is inconsistent with AUB Group’s values, irrespective of 
performance. 

For all individuals, the Board may apply discretion in determining the STI outcomes to ensure they 
appropriately reflect performance.

How STI outcome 
is then determined

On an annual basis, a rating is determined for each Group Executive based on an evaluation of their 
performance against the balanced scorecard. This individual performance rating metric is then 
applied to the individual’s STI target award.

Individual STI Payment = STI Target Incentive Award x Scorecard Performance Rating 

STI outcomes are therefore scaled up or down to reflect performance against the agreed KPIs in 
their Balanced Scorecard. The minimum Scorecard Performance Rating in order to qualify for an 
STI payment is 25%.

The KPIs are set and reviewed annually. The level of incentive outcome reflects the performance 
of AUB Group and the individual, thereby ensuring it is aligned with shareholders’ interests.

25

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 2  HOW VARIABLE REMUNERATION IS STRUCTURED (CONTINUED)

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI) – HOW DOES IT WORK?

Deferral terms 

The following STI deferral arrangements will be introduced for Group Executives from FY22 
onwards: 70% of STI outcome will be paid in cash and the remaining 30% is deferred as follows: 

 – half of the deferred component (15% of the STI outcome) is paid after 12 months; and
 – half of the deferred component (15% of the STI outcome) is paid after 24 months.

No additional performance conditions apply to receipt of deferred STI, with the exception of the 
continued employment by the relevant Group Executive as described below.

Clawback

The Board has the ability to claw back STI awards (including deferred STI components) in a number 
of circumstances, including in the event of a financial misstatement circumstance, breach of 
company policy, fraud, dishonesty or other breach of duties or obligations owed to the company. 

The Board considers that the clawback provisions enhance AUB Group’s remuneration governance 
framework by providing an additional control to ensure reward is aligned to performance and 
shareholder interests.

Who assesses 
performance?

The Board assesses performance of the CEO and Managing Director against the Balanced 
Scorecard (as described in Table 4) with the benefit of recommendations from the Remuneration 
and People Committee.

The CEO and Managing Director assesses the other Group Executives’ performance based on the 
Group Balanced Scorecard outcomes and achievement against individual goals. The CEO and 
Managing Director then recommends an STI award for consideration by the Remuneration and 
People Committee, which then recommends an STI award for approval by the Board. 

The Board believes the abovementioned methods in assessing performance are an appropriate way 
to assess the performance of AUB Group and the Group Executives’ individual contribution, and to 
determine their remuneration outcomes. 

In addition, the aggregate of annual STI payments available for all employees is subject to review 
by the Remuneration and People Committee and approval of the Board, and takes into account the 
financial stability of the business. 

Cessation of 
employment

A Group Executive will only remain eligible to receive an STI outcome if that person ceases 
employment prior to the STI entitlement date and is a ‘good leaver’ (e.g. ceases employment 
by reason of retirement or bona fide redundancy), unless the Board determines otherwise.

If a Group Executive has ceased employment and is a ‘good leaver’, then that executive remains 
entitled to receipt of his/her deferred STI components, unless the Board determines otherwise.

If a Group Executive has ceased employment and is not a ‘good leaver’, then all entitlement to 
receipt of his/her deferred STI components will automatically lapse on or around the date of 
cessation of employment, unless the Board determines otherwise.

26

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 2  HOW VARIABLE REMUNERATION IS STRUCTURED (CONTINUED)

FY21 LONG TERM INCENTIVE – HOW DOES IT WORK?

Description

Under the FY21 LTI Plan, annual grants of performance options are made to eligible participants to 
align remuneration outcomes with the creation of sustainable shareholder value over the long term. 

Group Executives are eligible to participate, as these employees on an individual basis have the 
ability to impact AUB Group’s longer term financial performance. Non-Executive Directors are not 
eligible to participate in the LTI Plan.

LTI opportunity

The number of performance options granted to a Group Executive is calculated by dividing the 
dollar value of the Group Executive’s LTI Opportunity by the VWAP over the 60 trading days prior to 
the start of the relevant performance period, rounding to the nearest whole figure. 

In determining the ‘LTI Opportunity’, the Board will take into account the nature of the position, the 
context of the current market, the function and purpose of the long-term component and other 
relevant information.

Subject to vesting, each performance option is a right to receive one fully-paid ordinary share in the 
AUB Group (or at the Board’s discretion, an equivalent cash payment).

Vesting conditions

Performance option will only vest to the extent that the vesting conditions and ongoing 
employment conditions (set out below in this table) are satisfied over the relevant three year 
performance period. 

EPS – 60% 
weighting

Performance options (issued in FY21) are tested against two vesting conditions over a three year 
performance period:

 – 60% of performance options are tested against an EPS hurdle; and
 – 40% of performance options are tested against a Relative TSR hurdle

Vesting conditions for FY18 to FY20 performance options are detailed on Note 19 of the Financial 
Report.

The EPS vesting condition is measured by comparing the AAGR of the Underlying EPS from the 
financial year immediately preceding the start of the performance period to the Underlying EPS 
for the final year of the performance period. AAGR is therefore measured using the most recent 
financial year-end prior to the grant as the base year, and the final financial year in the three-year 
performance period as the end year (except for the sign on options outlined above). 

The percentage of performance options that may vest is determined based on the following vesting 
schedule:

AAGR of Underlying EPS

Less than 5%

5%

Performance options subject to EPS vesting 
condition that vests (%)

0%

50%

Greater than 5% to less than 10%

Straight line vesting between 50% and 100%

10% or more

100%

27

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 2  HOW VARIABLE REMUNERATION IS STRUCTURED (CONTINUED)

FY21 LONG TERM INCENTIVE – HOW DOES IT WORK?

Relative TSR – 
40% weighting

The Board approves a Peer Comparator Group and has the discretion to periodically review and 
adjust the composition of the Peer Comparator Group, including to take into account acquisitions, 
mergers, or other relevant corporate actions.

For purposes of calculating the growth in AUB Group’s share price over the performance period, the 
following opening and closing share prices will be used:

 – for the opening share price, the VWAP during the 60 trading days ending on the first day of the 

performance period, and

 – for the closing share price, the VWAP during the 60 trading days ending on the last day of the 

performance period.

Relative TSR performance is assessed over a three-year period which commences at the start of 
the financial year during which the performance options are granted.

For any performance options to vest pursuant to the Relative TSR vesting condition, AUB Group’s 
compound TSR must be equal to or greater than the median ranking of constituents of the Peer 
Comparator Group. 

The percentage of performance options that may vest is determined based on the following vesting 
schedule:

AUB Group’s TSR ranking relative to Peer 
Comparator Group

Performance options subject to Relative TSR vesting 
condition that vests (%)

Below the 50th percentile

50th percentile

0%

50%

Between the 50th and 75th percentile

Straight line vesting between 50% and 100%

At or above the 75th percentile

100%

The Board is confident that it has the right arrangements in place to drive performance and 
retention in line with shareholders’ interests. 

EPS

 – Is a relevant indicator of increases in shareholder value
 –  Is a target that provides a suitable line of sight to encourage executive performance

Relative TSR

 – Ensures alignment between comparative shareholder return and reward for the executive
 – Provides a relative test that reflects AUB Group’s performance against the market and an 
objective test reflective of management’s performance in growing earnings per share

 – Is widely understood and accepted by key stakeholders

Why were these 
performance 
conditions chosen?

28

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 2  HOW VARIABLE REMUNERATION IS STRUCTURED (CONTINUED)

FY21 LONG TERM INCENTIVE – HOW DOES IT WORK?

Who assesses 
performance?

Relative TSR and EPS results are calculated by AUB Group and an external remuneration advisor 
tests the TSR results as soon as practicable after the end of the relevant three year performance 
period. The calculations are considered by the Board to determine vesting outcomes.

The vesting conditions are therefore tested at the end of the performance period and the Board 
determines the relevant number (if any) of performance options that will vest. 

Calculation of the vesting conditions and achievement against the vesting conditions is 
determined by the Board in its absolute discretion, having regard to any matters that it considers 
relevant (including any adjustments for unusual or non-recurring items that the Board considers 
appropriate). 

From FY20, the Board shifted to a policy where there is no re-testing for performance options that 
do not vest following testing against the vesting conditions at the end of the three year performance 
period. Any performance options that do not vest following testing lapse. A fourth year retest 
applied to performance options granted prior to FY20.

As previously disclosed to the market and approved by shareholders at the 2019 Annual General 
Meeting, a sign on bonus of 200,000 performance options was granted to the CEO and Managing 
Director that vest over five years. One third of the performance options will be tested over a three 
year performance period (three year test date). To the extent that any sign-on options satisfy the 
performance hurdles at this point, they will remain on foot and will vest and become exercisable 
following the end of the five year performance period, subject to the CEO’s continued employment 
(subject to the cessation of employment provisions included in his contract); and the remaining two 
thirds of the performance options, and any performance options that did not satisfy the vesting 
conditions at the three year test date, will be tested over the full five year performance period. Any 
performance options that do not vest at the end of the five year performance period, will lapse. 

Vesting and 
exercise

Performance options vest following testing by the Board at the end of the relevant three year 
performance period.

Once performance options vest, the Group Executive is able to exercise them up until the ‘expiry 
date’. The ‘expiry date’ is the 4th anniversary of the date upon which the performance options 
become exercisable, unless the Board determines a different date. 

There is no exercise price payable for the exercise of vested performance options. 

Participants receive one share for each performance option that vests and is exercised or, if the 
Board determines, an equivalent cash payment. Any vested performance options that are not 
exercised by the expiry date will lapse. 

Shares allocated on the vesting and exercise of the performance options are subject to the terms 
of AUB Group’s Share Trading Policy and carry full dividend and voting rights upon allocation.

Holders of performance options are not entitled to dividends or voting rights until the performance 
options have vested, are exercised and shares allocated.

If the CEO and Managing Director ceases employment before his performance options vest, then 
the following treatment applies: 

 – if employment is terminated in accordance with Mr Emmett’s employment agreement, without 
notice, for serious misconduct or by reason of illness, injury or incapacity of Mr Emmett, all 
unvested performance options will automatically lapse; and

 – if employment is terminated with notice given by the Company or Mr Emmett, all unvested 

performance options remain on foot and will be tested in the ordinary course.

Are performance 
options eligible for 
dividends?

Cessation of 
employment – CEO 
and Managing 
Director

29

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 2  HOW VARIABLE REMUNERATION IS STRUCTURED (CONTINUED)

FY21 LONG TERM INCENTIVE – HOW DOES IT WORK?

Cessation of 
employment – 
Group Executives 
other than the CEO

If a participant ceases employment before his/her performance options vest, then the following 
treatment applies, unless the Board determines otherwise: 

 – if employment is terminated for cause, as a result of the participant being unable to perform 
duties due to ill health, injury or incapacity or if the participant resigns, then all unvested 
performance options automatically lapse;

 – if employment ceases in any other circumstances, then a pro rata portion of the participant’s 
performance options (based on the portion of the performance period that has elapsed up to 
the date of cessation) remain on foot and are tested in the ordinary course in accordance with 
the vesting conditions.

If a participant ceases employment and holds vested performance options which have not been 
exercised, then the following treatment applies, unless the Board determines otherwise: 

 – if employment is terminated for cause, then all vested performance options automatically lapse; 

or 

 – if employment ceases in any other circumstances, then all vested performance options must 
be exercised within three months of cessation of employment. After this time, all vested 
performance options are automatically exercised at a time determined by the Board. 

Forfeiture and 
clawback

The Board has broad ‘clawback’ powers to lapse performance options in a number of 
circumstances, including in the event of fraud, dishonesty, gross misconduct, breach of duties 
or obligations, a material misstatement, error or omission in the financial report, or to prevent 
a participant being entitled to an inappropriate benefit.

The clawback policy that applies to performance options permits clawback of any shares allocated 
on exercise, as well as cash payments received on vesting and exercise of performance options.

What happens 
in the event of a 
change of control?

There is no automatic vesting of performance options on a change of control. The Board will (in 
its discretion) determine the appropriate treatment regarding performance options in the event 
of a change of control. 

Where the Board does not exercise this discretion, there will be a pro-rata vesting of performance 
options based on the proportion of the performance period that has passed at the time of the 
change of control event. 

Restrictions on 
dealing or hedging

Performance options granted under the LTI Plan are not transferable and participants are prohibited 
from entering into hedging arrangements in respect of performance options.

30

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 3  REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AND ALIGNMENT TO PERFORMANCE

Alignment between remuneration and group performance 
Numerous elements of AUB Group’s remuneration strategy and framework are directly linked to group performance. 

The table below sets out information about movements in shareholder wealth for the financial years ended 30 June 2017 to 
30 June 2021 highlighting alignment between AUB Group’s remuneration strategy and framework and group performance over 
the past 5 years. 

Further details about AUB Group’s performance over this period can be found in the Operating and Financial Review section 
contained in this Directors’ Report. 

Table 2: Summary of movement in shareholder wealth

Underlying NPAT ($m)*

Underlying EPS (cents)*

TSR (%)**

Share price ($)

Change in share price ($)

Dividends paid (cents)**

2021

65.30

87.93

60.99

22.39

7.69

55.0

2020

53.15

72.10

5.20

14.70

4.26

50.0

2019

46.71

67.12

(10.50)

10.44

(3.14)

46.0

2018

43.52

67.20

14.90

13.58

0.59

45.5

Share Price: AUB v S&P/ASX Small Ordinaries Industrials Index (AXSID)

2017

39.91

62.52

39.30

12.99

2.89

42.0

+25% AAGR

+8% AAGR

$24.00

$22.00

$20.00

$18.00

$16.00

$14.00

$12.00

$10.00

$8.00

$6.00

Jun-16

Jun-17

Jun-18

Jun-19

Jun-20

Jun-21

AUB ($)

AXSID***

* 

As a result of a change in accounting policy in relation to Software-as-a-Service, the comparative periods have been restated. Refer to Note 2.1 within the 
Financial Report for further information. For LTI purposes, prior periods have not been restated as a result of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2 
within the Financial Statements for further details.

**   Dividends paid during the year, excludes proposed dividends.
***  The AXSID share price has been proportionately adjusted for presentation purposes. The base data point at 30 June 2016 was set to the AUB share price 

on that date. Movements thereafter represent the percentage movement of the AXSID against the base data point.

31

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 3   REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AND ALIGNMENT TO PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Remuneration outcomes 
The remainder of this section of the Remuneration Report discloses the outcome of awards made under:

 – the FY21 STI award (performance period 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2021) 
 – the FY18 LTI grant (performance period 1 July 2017 – 30 June 2020) - with a 4th year retest in 2021 
 – the FY19 LTI grant (performance period 1 July 2018 – 30 June 2021) - with a 4th year retest in 2022

The diagram below sets out timings in respect of the FY18 and FY19 LTI Grants. 

First 
vesting/exercise 
date for FY18 
LTI options

Second 
vesting/exercise 
date for FY18 
LTI options
*

July
2017

1 July
2018

30 June 
2020

30 June
2021

30 June
2022

FY18 LTI grant

3 year performance period 
ending 30 June 2020

4th 
year 
retest

FY19 LTI grant

**

3 year performance period ending 30 June 2021

4th 
year 
retest

First vesting/ 
exercise date 
for FY19 LTI 
options

Second 
vesting/ 
exercise date 
for FY19 LTI 
options
**

FY21 STI Outcomes 
FY21 continued a run of strong performance for the Group. As a reflection, the Committee considered STI for FY21 and has 
provided for a pool in the sum of $4.01m for all STI participants (including deferred components of STI granted in prior periods).

Table 3: Group STI pool outcome

($`m)

Cash bonuses

2021

4.01

2020

3.57 

2019

0.88 

2018

2.18 

2017

2.86

FY18 LTI grant retest performance period (1 July 2017 to 30 June 2021)

* 
**  FY19 LTI grant retest performance period (1 July 2018 to 30 June 2022). 

From FY20, the Board shifted to a policy where there is no re-testing for performance options that do not vest following testing against the vesting conditions at 
the end of the three-year performance period 

32

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 3   REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AND ALIGNMENT TO PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Table 4 below discloses key balanced scorecard objectives and outcomes for the CEO for FY21. 

FY21 performance measure/KPI

Parameter

Weighting (%)

Outcome achieved

FY21 Balanced Scorecard

Group profitability

Achieve Underlying NPAT of at least $59.4m 
(including SaaS additional cost but excluding impact 
of JobKeeper receipts), being YoY growth of 14.5%.

Scaling of IT platforms

Adoption and scaling of IT platforms and systems

Network growth

Reinvigorate Agencies

Risk management

Drive growth from M&A opportunities and successful 
execution on portfolio optimisation opportunities

Achieve profit before tax growth of 15% or higher for 
agencies business

Continue to enhance and embed maturity of effective 
risk management processes and reporting

Partner Satisfaction

Strong network partner satisfaction

STI Scorecard Outcome

  Targets achieved or exceeded 

LTI Outcomes 

50%

12.5%

12.5%

8.3%

8.3%

8.3%

100%

147%

2018 LTI grant retest outcomes
85.64% of the total 2018 LTI grant vested in 2020 (following testing) and 2021 (following the 4th year retest): 

 – 89.86% of the Relative TSR component vested as AUB Group’s TSR exceeded its Peer Comparator Group returns by more 

than 52.25% over the performance period.

 – 82.83% of the EPS component vested given that AUB Group’s actual EPS Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) across the 

performance and retest period was 8.97%.

 – 27,509 performance options will vest and 6,077 performance options will lapse.

Table 5 below discloses the 2018 LTI grant EPS performance hurdle and outcomes. 

1 July 2017 to  
30 June 2021

Minimum entry 
target for vesting

Straight line 
for vesting*

Maximum threshold 
target for vesting

Actual 4-year CAGR 
achieved (%)

Actual vesting 
outcome (aggregate)

4% CAGR

4%-10% CAGR

10% CAGR

8.97% 

N/A

EPS (60%)

EPS vesting 
percentage  
(of the 60%)

25%

25%-100%

100%

N/A

Total percentage of vesting under the 2018 LTI Plan

82.83%

85.64%

* 

4% to 7% CAGR vesting increases straightline between 25% to 50%, and 7% to 10% CAGR, vesting increases straightline between 50% and 100%.

33

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 3   REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AND ALIGNMENT TO PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

2019 LTI grant outcome
85.19% of the total 2019 LTI grant vested in August 2021: 

 – 100% of the Relative TSR component vested as AUB Group’s TSR exceeded its Peer Comparator Group returns by more than 

125.98% over the performance period.

 – 75.33% of the EPS component vested given that AUB Group’s actual EPS Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) across the 

performance period was 8.52%.

 – 28,041 performance options will vest and the 4,873 remaining unvested performance options will be subject to retesting on 

the completion of FY22.

Table 6 below discloses the 2019 LTI grant EPS performance hurdle and outcome.

1 July 2018 to  
30 June 2021

Minimum entry 
target for vesting

Straight line 
for vesting*

Maximum threshold 
target for vesting

Actual 3-year CAGR 
achieved (%)

Actual vesting 
outcome

4% CAGR

4%-10% CAGR

10% CAGR

8.52%

N/A

EPS (60%)

EPS vesting 
percentage  
(of the 60%)

25%

25%-100%

100%

N/A

Total percentage of vesting under the 2019 LTI Plan

75.33%

85.19%

* 

4% to 7% CAGR vesting increases straightline between 25% to 50%, and 7% to 10% CAGR, vesting increases straightline between 50% and 100%.

34

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 4   REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE

Overview
The following diagram illustrates the Company’s remuneration governance framework.

BOARD
The Board reviews, amends and approves the recommendations from the Board’s Committees around governance,  
strategy, performance, and the remuneration arrangements for all Group Executives and Non-Executive Directors.

REMUNERATION & PEOPLE COMMITTEE 
Oversees our remuneration philosophy 
and framework. 

The Committee is responsible for reviewing 
compensation arrangements for the Directors, CEO 
and Group Executives, including the Company’s 
KMP and making recommendations in that regard 
for determination by the Board. The Committee 
comprises all Non-Executive Directors of the Board.

EXTERNAL ADVISORS 
The Board and the Committee seek advice from 
independent experts and advisors from time to time 
on various matters, including remuneration. The 
Committee appoints remuneration consultants and 
external advisors and ensures independence.

CEO & MANAGING DIRECTOR (CEO) AND MANAGEMENT
The CEO makes recommendations to the Committee regarding Executives’ remuneration. These recommendations 
take into account performance, culture and values. Together with management, the CEO also provides information and 
recommendations for deliberation and implements arrangements once they have been approved.

Use of remuneration advisors

In making recommendations to the Board, the Remuneration & People Committee seeks advice from external advisors from 
time to time to assist in its deliberations. 

Remuneration advisors are engaged by the Chair of the Remuneration & People Committee with an agreed set of protocols that 
determine the way in which remuneration recommendations would be developed and provided to the Board. This process is 
intended to ensure there can be no undue influence by Executive KMP to whom any recommendations may relate.

No remuneration recommendations, as defined by the Corporations Act, were made by the remuneration advisors during the 
Reporting Period.

35

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 4   REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE (CONTINUED)

Executive Service Agreements
The remuneration and other terms of employment for the Executive KMP are formalised in employment agreements, which have 
no specified term. Each of these agreements provide for performance-related bonuses under the STI Plan, and participation, 
where eligible, in the LTI Plan. Other major provisions of the service agreements of the Executive KMP are as follows:

Table 7: Executive Service Agreement terms.

Name

CEO and Managing Director

Notice to be given 
by executive

Notice to be given 
by AUB Group*

Termination 
payment

Post-employment 
restraint

Michael Emmett

12 months

12 months

12 months fixed 
remuneration

12 months

Other Executive KMP

Mark Shanahan

*  

Payments may be made in lieu of notice period.

6 months

6 months

6 months fixed 
remuneration

12 months

Disclosures under Listing Rule 4.10.22
No shares were acquired on-market during the Reporting Period to satisfy AUB Group’s obligations under various equity and 
related plans.

Share Trading Policy 
AUB Group’s share trading policy prohibits Group Executives from entering into margin lending or similar arrangements in 
relation to AUB Group’s securities, including transferring securities into an existing margin loan account and/or selling securities 
to satisfy a call pursuant to a margin loan.

Breaches of AUB Group’s share trading policy are regarded very seriously and may lead to disciplinary action being taken 
(including termination of employment). 

Details of the Non-Executive Directors of AUB Group during the Reporting Period are provided in the Directors’ Report. 

36

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 5   NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

Components and details of Non-Executive Director remuneration
Non-Executive Directors receive a fixed fee (inclusive of superannuation) for services to the Board and each Board Committee 
on which the Director serves. 

There was no increase to Non-Executive Director remuneration during the reporting period. 

The Board has a disciplined approach to reviewing Non-Executive Director remuneration. The last increase to Non-Executive 
Director remuneration was in 2018. 

Non-Executive Director remuneration is reviewed from time to time by the Committee to ensure that fee levels: 

 – reflect workloads, expectations and responsibility in connection with the regulated landscape in which AUB Group operates; 

and

 – are competitive, providing the Board with the ability to attract and retain high calibre directors, which is important in the 

context of the Board’s ongoing orderly renewal and succession planning process.

A further fee is payable if a Non-Executive Director serves on a subsidiary board.

Non-Executive Directors do not receive retirement benefits other than amounts paid by way of the superannuation guarantee 
charge, nor do they participate in any incentive programs, but they may be reimbursed for expenses reasonably incurred in the 
course of carrying out their duties.

AUB Group does not make sign-on payments to new Non-Executive Directors and does not provide for retirement allowances 
for Non-Executive Directors. 

Aggregate fee pool approved by shareholders 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees are set by the Board within the maximum aggregate amount of $850,000 per annum approved 
by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in November 2018.

A proposal to increase this maximum amount by $250,000 to $1,100,000 to, among other things, support Board succession, 
will be presented for shareholder approval at the upcoming Annual General Meeting in November 2021. 

Table 8: Non-Executive Director fees payable during the Reporting Period

1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021

Board fees per annum

Chair

Non-Executive Director

Committee Chair (Audit & Risk)

Committee Chair (Remuneration & People)

Subsidiary Boards

Committee member

$ Amount (incl of statutory superannuation)

210,000

105,000

Additional 21,000

Additional 10,000

Additional 10,000

N/A

37

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 6  STATUTORY REMUNERATION TABLES AND DATA 

Table 9: LTI Outcomes

The LTI grants for FY21 and movements in all unvested options previously granted to Senior Employees are summarised in the 
LTIP tables below: 

GROUP EXECUTIVES (including KMPs)

LTIP Financial Year 
(tranche)

Opening

Issued

Lapsed

Exercised

Remaining

Earliest 
vesting date

Lapse date

Fair 
value per 
option 
at grant 
date ($)

Fair value  
to be 
expensed in 
the future ($)

– 

(17,473)

(8,608)

– 24-Jan-20

24-Jan-24

8.99

(8,741)

33,586  23-Nov-20

23-Nov-24

11.83

32,914 

31-Oct-21

31-Oct-25

10.72

0.00

0.00

0.00

2017 (12th)

2018 (13th)

2019 (14th)

2020 (15th -  
5 year options)

2020 (15th -  
3 year options)

26,081 

42,327 

32,914 

200,000 

101,219 

–

–

–

–

2021 (16th)

– 125,688 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200,000 

31-Aug-24

31-Aug-28

8.91

1,005,312

101,219  31-Aug-22

31-Aug-26

9.37

298,230

125,688  31-Aug-23

31-Aug-27

11.27

844,119

Total

402,541  125,688 

(17,473)

(17,349)

493,407 

 2,147,661 

Shares issued as a result of the exercise of options 
During FY21, 17,349 options were exercised to acquire shares in AUB Group Limited under the LTIP. 

All options are granted over shares in the ultimate controlling entity AUB Group Limited. 

Unissued shares 
As at the date of this report, there were 493,407 unissued ordinary shares under options as part of the LTIP that have not vested. 
Refer to Note 19 of the Financial Report for further details of the options outstanding. 

Option holders do not have any right, by virtue of the option, to participate in any share issue of the Company or any related body 
corporate.

Table 10: Shares held in AUB Group Limited at 30 June 2021

Balance at  
30-Jun-20

Shares acquired 
during the year

Shares disposed 
during the year

Balance at  
30-Jun-21

19,446 

3,641 

– 

6,000 

10,334 

25,395 

19,685 

3,568 

84,428 

– 

– 

– 

– 

851 

500 

4,992 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

–

–

23,087 

– 

6,000 

10,334 

25,395 

20,536 

4,068 

89,420 

Directors

D. C. Clarke (Chair)

M. P. C. Emmett (CEO)

C. L. Rogers

P. A. Lahiff

R. J. Carless

R. J. Low

Executives

M. J. Shanahan

Total

38

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 6  STATUTORY REMUNERATION TABLES AND DATA (CONTINUED)

Table 11: Option holdings of KMP at 30 June 2021

Balance at 
30-Jun-20

Granted as 
remuneration

Options 
exercised

Options 
lapsed/ 
forfeited

Balance at 
30-Jun-21

Vested/ 
exercised

Not vested/ 
 not 
exercisable

Total options at year end

Directors

M. P. C. Emmett (CEO)

276,029 

78,795 

Executives

M. J. Shanahan

25,893 

14,344 

Total

301,922 

93,139 

–

–

–

–

–

–

354,824 

40,237 

395,061 

–

–

–

354,824 

40,237 

395,061 

The outstanding options have an exercise price of $NIL.

During the current year a total of 125,688 zero priced options were issued (93,139 to KMP). 

Loans or other transactions with KMP
No KMP or their related parties held any loans from the AUB Group during or at the end of the year ended 30 June 2021 or prior 
year. Apart from the details disclosed in this Report, there were no transactions between KMP (or their related parties) and AUB 
Group or any of its subsidiaries during the Reporting Period. 

39

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 6  STATUTORY REMUNERATION TABLES AND DATA (CONTINUED)

Compensation of Directors and other Key Management Personnel

Table 12: Statutory Reporting Basis – period ending 30 June 2021

The table below outlines senior management team remuneration as calculated in accordance with accounting standards and 
the Corporations Act requirements. The amounts shown are equal to the amount expensed in the Company’s Financial Report for 
the particular year.

Post 
employment

Share- 
based 
payment

Year 

Salary & 
fees

Cash 
short term 
incentive*

Non 
monetary 
benefits

Superannuation

Equity 
options**

Total 
remuneration

Total 
performance 
related

30 June 2021

Non Executive 
Directors

$

D. C. Clarke (Chair)

2021

191,781

2020

191,781

C. L. Rogers

2021

95,890

2020

95,890

P. A. Lahiff

2021

105,023

2020

105,023

R. J. Carless

2021

90,001

2020

90,004

R. J. Low

2021

126,000

2020

127,151

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

18,219

18,219

9,110

9,110

9,977

9,977

24,999

24,996

–

8,849

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

%

210,000

210,000

105,000

105,000

115,000

115,000

115,000

115,000

126,000

136,000

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

Executive Directors

M. P. C. Emmett 
(CEO)

Executives

2021

828,392 

884,375 

2,644 

25,000 

823,709 

2,564,120 

66.61%

2020

809,864 

875,000 

17,696 

25,000 

559,115 

2,286,675 

62.72%

M. J. Shanahan

2021

395,740 

457,517 

26,168 

25,000 

124,854 

1,029,279 

56.58%

2020

415,773 

452,669 

2,659 

25,000 

73,124 

969,225 

52.25%

Total Remuneration

2021 1,832,827 

1,341,892 

28,812 

112,305 

948,563 

4,264,399 

Total Remuneration

2020 1,835,486 

1,327,669 

20,355 

121,151 

632,239 

3,936,900 

Statutory remuneration represents the accounting expense of remuneration in the financial year. It includes salary remuneration, 
annual and long service leave payments, the amortisation expense of deferred share awards previously granted and an accrual 
for STIs. 

* 

STI amounts included above relate to the accrued provision in respect of the current year’s performance that will be paid during the following financial year. 
The 2021 STI amounts have been approved by the Board.

**   Share based payments are calculated on the accrued cost to the Company recognising that options issued to KMP will vest over 3 years (5 years for CEO sign-on 

options) after taking into account a 60 -100% probability that the Group will achieve the performance hurdles required for those options to vest.

40

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 6  STATUTORY REMUNERATION TABLES AND DATA (CONTINUED)

Table 13: Cash and vesting basis - period ending 30 June 2021

The table below outlines remuneration received individually during the year including the prior year STI paid in cash in the 
reporting year and the benefit received from vesting of shares granted under the Employee Share Option Scheme.

Post 
employment

Share- 
based 
payment

Year

Salary & 
fees

Cash 
short term 
incentive*

Non 
monetary 
benefits

Superannuation

Equity 
options**

Total 
remuneration

Total 
performance 
related

30 June 2021

Non Executive 
Directors

$

D. C. Clarke

2021

191,781

2020

191,781

C. L. Rogers

2021

95,890

2020

95,890

P. A. Lahiff

2021

105,023

2020

105,023

R. J. Carless

2021

90,001

2020

90,004

R. J. Low

2021

126,000

2020

127,151

Executive Directors

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

M. P. C. Emmett

2021

828,392 

875,000 

2,644 

2020

809,864 

182,466 

17,696 

Executives

M. J. Shanahan

2021

395,740 

452,669 

26,168 

2020

415,773 

150,000 

2,659 

$

18,219

18,219

9,110

9,110

9,977

9,977

24,999

24,996

–

8,849

25,000 

25,000 

25,000 

25,000 

Total Remuneration

2021 1,832,827 

1,327,669 

28,812 

112,305 

Total Remuneration

2020 1,835,486 

332,466 

20,355 

121,151 

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

%

210,000

210,000

105,000

105,000

115,000

115,000

115,000

115,000

126,000

136,000

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1,731,036 

50.55%

1,035,026 

17.63%

899,577 

50.32%

593,432 

25.28%

3,301,613 

2,309,458 

STI amounts paid during each financial year for performance during the prior financial year based on agreed KPIs. 

* 
**  The actual remuneration relating to share based payments is based on the market value on the date the options were exercised multiplied by the actual number 

of options vested during the year.

41

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 6  STATUTORY REMUNERATION TABLES AND DATA (CONTINUED)

Table 14: Number of options granted as part of remuneration

30 June 2021  
(Grant year FY21)

Directors

Granted no.

Grant date

Fair value 
per option at 
grant date 
(see Note 19)

Exercise price 
per option 
(see Note 19)

Expiry date

First  
exercise  
date

Last  
exercise  
date

M. P. C. Emmett 

78,795 

18-Dec-20

11.27 

0.00

31-Aug-27

31-Aug-23

31-Aug-27

Executives

M. J. Shanahan

14,344 

18-Dec-20

11.27 

0.00

31-Aug-27

31-Aug-23

31-Aug-27

Total

93,139 

The fair value above is the weighted average price of the EPS options and the TSR options at the date the options were granted. 
All options were issued with an exercise price of $NIL and the expiry date of the options is four years after the vesting date.

Table 15: Value of options granted as part of remuneration (including options vested or lapsed during the year)

Shares issued on 
exercise of options

Value of 
options 
granted during 
the year

Value of 
options 
exercised 
during the 
year**

Percentage of 
remuneration 
consisting 
of value 
share based 
payments 
incurred during 
the year***

Number of 
shares issued 
on exercise of 
options

Paid per 
share on 
shares issued 
on exercise of 
options

Number 
of Options 
vested during 
the year

Number 
of Options 
lapsed 
during the 
year

30 June 2021

Directors

$

$

%

No.

M. P. C. Emmett* 

852,260 

0.00

33%

Executives

M.J. Shanahan*

Total

155,201 

1,007,461 

0.00

0.00

15%

28%

– 

–

–

$

–

–

–

No.

No.

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total gross value of options granted during the year which will vest over three years if all performance hurdles required for options to vest, are met. 

* 
**  Total value of options exercised during the year is calculated based on the fair value of the options at grant date multiplied by the number of options exercised. 
***  Share based payments as a percentage of remuneration is calculated on the accrued cost to the Company recognising that options issued to KMP will vest over 

3 years after taking into account a 60 - 100% probability that the Group will achieve the performance hurdles required for those options to vest. 

42

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SECTION 7   GLOSSARY

AAGR

Average annual growth rate (expressed as a %).

Balanced Scorecard

a balanced scorecard set of KPIs, which includes both financial and non-financial measures 
that have weighted allocations and are aligned to AUB Group’s strategic priorities.

CAGR

Compound annual growth rate (expressed as a %).

Corporations Act 

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

EPS

Underlying earnings per share.

Executive KMP

M Emmett (CEO and Managing Director) and M Shanahan (Chief Financial Officer).

Group Executives

The CEO, CFO and heads of Australian Broking and Australian Agencies.

KMP

Persons who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing 
and controlling the activities of AUB Group during the Reporting Period.

LTI Plan

AUB Group’s long-term incentive plan.

Peer Comparator Group 

Constituents of the S&P/ASX Small Ordinaries Industrials Index (AXSID), defined at the 
commencement of the performance period.

Relative TSR

AUB Group’s compounded TSR measured against the ranking of constituents of the Peer 
Comparator Group.

Reporting Period

12 months period ended 30 June 2021.

STI Plan

TSR

Underlying EPS

Underlying NPAT

AUB Group’s short-term incentive plan.

Total shareholder return measures the percentage growth in the share price together with 
the value of dividends paid during the relevant three year performance period, assuming all 
dividends are reinvested into new securities.

Underlying earnings per share, being, in respect of any financial year, the Underlying NPAT 
divided by the weighted average number of shares on issue during the financial year. 

Underlying net profit after tax, being, in respect of any financial year, the consolidated net profit 
after tax of AUB Group for that year excluding fair value adjustments to the carrying values 
of associates, profit on sale of entities and assets or deconsolidation of controlled entities, 
contingent consideration adjustments, impairment charges and amortisation of intangibles. 
Other adjustments to the Underlying NPAT calculation may be made in limited circumstances 
where the Board considers it to be appropriate.

VWAP

Volume weighted average price of shares in AUB Group traded on the ASX.

43

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

ROUNDING
The amounts contained in this report and in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest $1,000 (where rounding 
is applicable) under the option available to the Company under ASIC instrument “Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports” 
2016/191. The Company is an entity to which this legislative instrument applies.

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The Directors received an independence declaration from the auditors of AUB Group Limited. Refer to page 62 of the 
Directors’ Report.

Non-audit services provided to the AUB Group by the entity’s auditor, Ernst & Young, in the financial year ended 30 June 2021 
were predominantly in relation to tax matters. Other services included independent investigation and reviews. The directors are 
satisfied that the provision of non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by 
the Corporations Act (2001) Cth. The nature and scope of each of the non-audit services provided means that auditor independence 
was not compromised. The amounts received or due to be received are detailed in Note 22 of the Financial Report.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

D.C. Clarke 
Chair   

M. P. C. Emmett 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Sydney, 26 August 2021 

Sydney, 26 August 2021

44

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

ENVIRONMENTAL, 
SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE 
REPORT

45

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

1. 

APPROACH TO ESG

Doing the right thing by our people, our partners, our environment, and the communities in which we operate is part of our 
ethos. AUB Group considers ESG from the perspectives of the environment; fair treatment of customers, employees and 
suppliers; ethical decision making and contribution to the community.

We are a service-based organisation operating in local communities throughout Australia and New Zealand. We provide 
insurance solutions to our mainly business customers, who operate small, medium and large businesses, as well as to 
some individual customers. Given the nature of our services, we do not have a significant environmental footprint and our 
supply chain risks are minimal.

This report covers AUB Group’s ESG management approach and associated activities for the year ended 30 June 2021. 
Unless otherwise indicated, ESG data is presented for the period from 1 May 2020 to 30 April 2021 (the ‘reporting period’). 
This report includes the activities of our entities and their controlled entities in Australia but excludes Allied Health Group 
Pty Ltd and Altius Group Holdings Pty Ltd as both entities were disposed of during the reporting period with the closure of 
the Risk Services Division.

This report has been prepared with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards 2016. As we continue to 
develop our insight and activities in ESG, we plan to build on our sustainability reporting in line with the GRI Standards. 

STAKEHOLDERS
We engage with all our stakeholder groups on a regular basis to ensure we are responsive to their needs and concerns. 
ESG matters are becoming a growing area of concern for many of our stakeholders. Our key stakeholders and methods 
of engagement are:

CUSTOMERS  
Our partners are in regular direct 
contact with our customers. We 
collect and analyse customer 
feedback from one on one meetings, 
online surveys, social media and focus 
groups to ensure we are aware of, and 
able to respond to, their needs. 

SHAREHOLDERS  
We have regular discussions, briefings 
and meetings with investors, analysts 
and proxy advisors to keep them 
informed of our performance and any 
emerging risks and opportunities.

EMPLOYEES 
Our employees work in teams and 
receive training and feedback. 
We conduct employee surveys to 
understand their level of engagement. 
Employees are kept up to date on 
company and industry developments 
through meetings and town halls.

GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORS 
We participate in industry groups 
to monitor and engage with current 
and emerging issues relevant to our 
business and stakeholders. We place 
a strong emphasis on regulatory 
compliance and maintain open and 
respectful relationships with regulators.

SUPPLIERS  
We engage regularly with our major 
suppliers which include insurers, 
IT service providers, property 
companies, finance providers and 
professional service providers.

COMMUNITY 
In many cases we are key members 
of our local communities and 
contribute to the success of those 
communities. Across AUB Group 
there is a strong level of participation 
in fundraising, volunteering 
and events.

MATERIALITY
In the reporting period, we conducted a materiality assessment to develop our fundamental ESG principles and identify our 
most important focus areas. The materiality assessment involved:

 – a desktop review of industry trends and leading practice in ESG
 – interviews with internal and external stakeholders to determine material topics and their relative importance 
 – an assessment of our impact areas against the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 

46

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
ESG FRAMEWORK
Our ESG framework is organised around our three key areas of stakeholder impact which are employees, customers and social 
and environment. Our 75 partner businesses are also stakeholders but it is through our engagement and advocacy with them 
that we create value for all our stakeholders. Underpinning our ESG framework is ethics and integrity which is applied to all 
aspects of our business.

68% of promotions 
female

17,587 employee 
training hours

44% emissions 
reduction

Employees
We provide rewarding 
careers for a diverse group 
of insurance professionals 
supported by the 
products, infrastructure 
and leadership to enable 
them to provide excellent 
customer service.

Customers
Our customers seek fairly 
priced insurance products 
that meet their needs. 
We provide this through 
excellent customer service 
supported by leading 
products and technology.

Social and Environment
We aim to contribute to the communities 
in which we operate, to support areas of 
broader societal need and to manage our 
environmental footprint.

93% premium 
retention rate

>$1m in donations and 
sponsorships across 
the network

EMPLOYEES

CUSTOMERS

• 

• 

• 

 Employee engagement 
and development

 Diversity and inclusion

 Workplace health 
and safety

• 

• 

 Customer engagement 
and retention

 Technological 
transformation

• 

 Product innovation

SOCIAL AND 
ENVIRONMENT

• 

• 

• 

 Community investment

 Environmental 
management

 Responsible supply 
chain

47

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021UN SDGs
AUB Group identified five priority SDGs where we believe we can have the greatest impact. We have incorporated the goals 
into our broader ESG framework, but know this alignment is just the beginning. Over the next 12 months, we will identify and 
implement activities that we can undertake in coordinating with our partner businesses to further our contribution to our 
priority SDGs. 

We ensure our employees have a safe working environment and offer them health and wellbeing 
programs and initiatives. With greater numbers of employees working remotely due to COVID-19, 
we are mindful of the need to monitor and address the impact on their mental wellbeing as well as 
look to broader health and wellbeing challenges in our customers and communities.

We strive for and have exceeded 30% female representation at Board level. As with others in our 
industry, reaching gender balance throughout AUB Group remains a challenge. We need to assess 
our recruitment, selection and retention processes to identify how we can improve gender equality. 

We provide our employees with the opportunity to develop their careers at AUB Group by being 
successful at what we do, by investing in training and development and providing leadership. The 
services we provide assist businesses and individuals to protect their assets, employees and 
income in a way which is valuable to them but also to the economy. We plan to invest further in 
learning and development, further broadening our product offering and in monitoring potential 
modern slavery risks in our supply chain.

We contribute to our communities through volunteering and fundraising. Our decentralised 
business model means that some of our partner businesses contribute more in these areas than 
others. We have more work to do to develop partnerships with our community stakeholders and 
our partner business to address inequalities.

We aim to minimise our environmental footprint. This is an area of particular importance to our 
employees who are engaged in these efforts. We have taken steps to reduce our environmental 
impact but have more work to do in actions and measurement to achieve, and prove that we have 
achieved, our longer term goals.

48

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 20212. 

ETHICS AND INTEGRITY

OUR CORE VALUES
Our ESG framework is underpinned by Ethics and Integrity. This has been brought to life through our core values which 
have been developed by our people through workshops which have sought to identify what this really means for AUB Group 
in practice.

ASPIRATIONAL 

We are progressive, explore opportunities for growth 
and continually raise the bar

 – We aren’t afraid to fail, we learn from our mistakes and look for opportunities to improve and grow.
 – We take ownership and challenge the status quo.
 – We expect, encourage and value different opinions to get the best outcome.
 – We seek opportunities to develop and have a good understanding of our competitors, the industry 

and economy. 

PARTNERSHIP AND RELATIONSHIP DRIVEN 

We are respectful, collaborative and seek to amplify potential

 – We take time to understand each other’s objectives and drivers before making a decision. 
 – We confront difficult situations head on, if we see or hear something that is unacceptable we act. 
 – We value and are respectful of each other’s time and contribution, we actively listen to and acknowledge 

each other. 

 – We find synergies with partners, following through on commitments, communicate early and seek 

to understand individual circumstances.

GENUINE 

We are easy to deal with, honest and fair

 – We listen to requests, if we have to say no, we say no respectfully and provide an explanation as to why.
 – When we say we will do something, we will do it. We are careful not to over promise.
 – We willingly step into conversations that might be uncomfortable having prepared ourselves by setting clear 

intentions and being prepared to listen with compassion.

 – We are in ongoing conversations with each other to create clarity and transparency.

RESOURCEFUL 

We are creative and agile in our delivery of the best outcome

 – We take the initiative to be self-motivated, we apply a growth mindset and support people and processes to 

change and grow.

 – We know our strengths, we collaborate and network to share knowledge. 
 – We know when not to over complicate things, we are respectful of each other’s time.
 – We are forward thinking and provide opportunities to test ideas, we change to improve.

49

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
OUR APPROACH TO GOVERNANCE 
AUB Group is committed to high standards of corporate governance. We believe that strong corporate governance is 
the foundation of our success and business growth, and is critical for us to deliver value to our shareholders. 

Board structure and responsibilities

AUB BOARD

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE          REMUNERATION & PEOPLE COMMITTEE          NOMINATION COMMITTEE

ESG governance
The Board, in consultation with the Board Audit and Risk 
Committee, oversees and approves AUB Group’s ESG 
activities, including our strategy and policies and procedures. 
The Board delegates responsibility for ESG to management, 
with our Chief Executive Officer having ultimate 
responsibility for our ESG activities.

Members of the board were involved in the development of 
the ESG framework and priority areas and the ESG policy 
was approved by the board.

Our ESG Policy sets out how we work towards being a 
socially and environmentally responsible corporate citizen. 
It outlines policies and procedures we adopt across all our 
businesses to support socially and commercially ethical 
practices, reduce our environmental footprint and manage 
our environmental risks. We have a number of more specific 
policies that cover other ESG areas, such as diversity and 
inclusion, workplace health and safety, and modern slavery. 
We intend to assess our ESG responsibilities and improve 
clarity on our ESG commitments across the organisation 
in the coming year. 

The AUB Group Board is responsible for corporate 
governance which includes setting the tone for the 
organisation as well as strategy and policies. The board acts 
in the best interests of the company, which includes having 
regard to all stakeholders.

The role and responsibilities of the board, including the Chief 
Executive Officer (CEO), are formalised in various documents 
including the Constitution, Board and Committee Charters 
and Delegations. There are a broader group of policies and 
the code of conduct which apply to everyone in the AUB 
Group.

The board has an oversight role, with day-to-day operations 
led by the CEO and senior management. The board and 
management meet regularly to enable a proper examination 
of the business including progress against objectives, 
business performance, business issues and consideration 
of stakeholder matters. 

Our Corporate Governance Statement is founded on 
the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th Edition). 
We review and revise our Corporate Governance Statement 
to reflect the changing standards and expectations 
of our industry annually. It is available on our website.*

Board independence and composition
With the exception of AUB Group’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director, the Board comprises Independent 
Non-executive Directors. These directors provide objective 
oversight that helps us deliver value to our stakeholders. The 
Board annually reviews the independence of each Director 
and discloses any changes in status to the ASX.

The Board comprises directors with a diverse range of 
skills, experience and backgrounds. The Board evaluates its 
performance and composition annually to ensure that Board 
members have the appropriate mix of expertise to effectively 
carry out its duties. We engage an external independent 
consultant every three years to assist with this process.

* 

https://www.aubgroup.com.au/reports-and-statements

50

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021OUR CODE OF CONDUCT
AUB Group’s Code of Conduct (Code) sets out the ethical 
standards expected of all directors, officers, and employees 
of AUB Group and its controlled entities. AUB Group 
encourages any businesses in which AUB Group has a non-
controlling interest to adopt the code.

The Code is designed to ensure AUB Group delivers on its 
commitment to corporate responsibility and sustainable 
business practice. It establishes a foundation for our 
business decisions and provides guidelines for ethical 
behaviour.

The Code requires our people to:

act with honesty and integrity in dealing with all 
stakeholders, including shareholders and the 
community

manage conflicts of interest

comply with the law

adhere to company policies and procedures

respect confidentiality and privacy.

OUR APPROACH TO INFORMATION SECURITY

Data privacy
AUB Group is committed to protecting the privacy of 
sensitive information collected as part of its business 
operations in line with the Australian Privacy Act (1988). 
Our Privacy Policy sets out our data privacy principles and 
provides guidance to member firms on the collecting, using, 
holding, disclosing, and otherwise managing personal 
information. 

When personal information is collected, AUB Group takes 
reasonable steps to ensure that the individual is aware of 
the matters required by the Australian Privacy Principles, 
including:

 – why the personal information is being collected;
 – who else the personal information might be given to;
 – information about how the individual is able to access 

and correct the information collected; and
 – how to contact AUB Group, including to make 

a complaint.

Cyber security
AUB Group takes cyber security seriously. It is an area of 
focus with the external threats constantly changing. AUB 
Group has experienced IT professionals managing cyber 
risk, relevant IT Service Standards and policies and seeks 
external validation of cyber security management from 
time to time.

AUB Group provides all employees with cyber risk training 
and carries out risk assessments, audits, vulnerability scans 
and penetration tests to minimise the risk of a cyber incident. 
We also have incident response and business continuity 
plans should an incident occur.

We have a vulnerability management program in place and 
conduct audits of our systems. The IT infrastructure service 
provider is IS27001 certified, and all data is backed up on at 
least a daily basis.

55% of AUB Group’s IT infrastructure is centrally managed. 
The remaining 45% of AUB Group’s businesses have 
decentralised IT infrastructure. These businesses are subject 
to AUB’s IT Service Standards and are subject to monitoring.

51

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 20213. 

 PARTNER ENGAGEMENT 
AND ADVOCACY

We have 75 partner businesses across 500 locations in 
Australia and New Zealand, representing over 850,000 
clients. Our partners are at the core of our business model. 
They are key to our business success and an essential 
part of achieving our ESG objectives. We have an equity-
based business model where the partner businesses 
remain directly responsible for their day-to-day operations 
while being able to leverage the scale, infrastructure and 
operational know how of the broader AUB Group.

INSURANCE BROKERS
AUB Group established Austbrokers Member Services 
(AMS) in Australia and NZbrokers in New Zealand to deliver 
market-leading products, services and business support to 
AUB Group’s partner brokers. AMS and NZbrokers represent 
all their partner brokers across their respective countries. 
Each partner leverages the strength and capability of these 
national groups, while retaining their successful formula of 
local knowledge and long-standing relationships. 

We provide a range of services and assistance to our partner 
brokers. We leverage our market position to design, source 
and negotiate market leading products including industry 
leading common policy wordings for our partners’ clients. 
This extends to the negotiation of insurance capacity and 
commercial terms as well as assistance with placement of 
hard to place risks into alternative markets. We also leverage 
our buying power to secure competitive insurances for our 
partners helping them safeguard a stronger future for their 
own businesses and people. Our strong relationships with 
premium funders enable our partners to offer premium 
funding services to their customers at competitive rates, 
assisting their customers with their cash flow management.

ADVOCACY
With our partners we are engaged in monitoring emerging 
trends in the insurance industry and in evaluating the impact 
of industry practice and regulation on our business and 
our stakeholders. We are active participants in industry 
associations where we seek the best outcomes for our 
stakeholders and also to support the standing of the 
insurance and insurance broking industry in the community.

4. 

EMPLOYEES

Our employees are our most important asset and a key 
pillar of our ESG framework. We aim to equip our employees 
with the skills they need to deliver for our customers and 
to provide them with opportunities so that they can reach 
their full potential. We know that a diverse and inclusive 
workforce is the foundation for innovative thinking and new 
ideas. We look to recruit talent from diverse backgrounds 
and encourage employees to contribute their unique ideas, 
capabilities, experiences, and characteristics to their work. 

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT

Development
We are committed to ensuring that our employees get a 
sense of fulfilment from their work. We do this by providing 
a strong team-based environment in which employees 
learn how to best serve their customers. This is further 
supported by development opportunities through AUB 
Group learning and development programs as well as 
further study assistance.

Our Broking Division has an Education Committee 
comprising senior broking management from across the 
country. The Committee oversees an employee program 
of relevant training and education through the National 
Insurance Brokers Association, Australia (NIBA), the 
Australian and New Zealand Institute of Insurance and 
Finance (ANZIIF), LMI College and other specialist providers.

Our Agency Division employees complete their ongoing 
training requirements online through the LITMOS learning 
management system. Litmos is a cloud e-learning and 
learning management system used for employee training. 
Our agencies’ training managers are responsible for running 
LITMOS, ensuring that the available learning material meets 
the relevant training requirements and ensures that agency 
staff complete their training in a timely manner.

We are planning to extend LITMOS to the broader AUB Group 
partner network to support our partner employees’ training 
needs and to foster a culture of risk awareness.

In the reporting period, employees undertook an average of 
17.8 hours of training each, including our broker and agency 
employees.

2021
Hours

2020
Hours

Movement 
%

Employee 
training hours 
(includes 
compliance 
related)

17,587

20,027

(12%)

2021 training hours were negatively impacted by COVID with 
face-to-face learning not possible. In addition, there was a 
particularly high need to support customers navigate the 
financial and risk issues associated with COVID.

52

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
Engagement
We value our employees’ views and we ensure that they have a range of opportunities to share their perspectives with us. This is 
more important than ever, with many of our people working remotely 4 out of 5 days per week (‘4/1 work from home’). As part of 
our 4/1 work from home initiative, we gave each staff member a $1,500 allowance to set up their home workspaces and offered 
a free home workplace ergonomic assessment. We also provided these staff members $160 per month to cover additional day- 
to-day costs of working from home.

In FY21, we introduced Officevibe a dynamic online employee engagement platform. The platform asks employees to fill out 
fortnightly surveys anonymously and provides resulting insights to management. The tool enables us to collect continuous 
feedback on employee sentiment and dive deeper into emerging trends and developments amongst our workforce.

Officevibe is the platform we use to engage with our employees. We have rolled it out to our head office teams as well as to all 
Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane teams in our agencies, Austbrokers Corporate, AUB Hospitality, MGIB in Western Australia and 
Austbrokers Countrywide in Victoria. The platform will be rolled out to three additional partner firms per month in 2022.

We use our Employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) to assess employee engagement and their willingness to recommend the 
organisation to others. Since launching the platform in August 2020, our eNPS has increased from 5 to 17 at the end of June 
2021.

AUB Group’s head office employee satisfaction across each metric for the period from implementation in August 2020 to the 
end of June 2021 is shown below. It reflects a strong level of overall satisfaction, especially with respect to how our employees 
feel about their relationships with peers and their managers. We have found that there are areas where we can improve to better 
support our employees’ wellbeing, especially given the impact of COVID on our employees’ working lives. We are committed to 
continue finding ways to support our people in the transition to our 4/1 work from home model.

8.0
Relationship with manager

0.5pt

7.8
Relationship with peers

0.2pt

7.6
Ambassadorship

0.1pt

7.3
Happiness

0.1pt

7.2
Alignment

0.4pt

7.1
Recognition

7.4
Personal growth

0.1pt

7.2
Feedback

0.6pt

7.2
Satisfaction

0.3pt

7.1
Wellness

1.0pt

53

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
Other initiatives we have introduced to improve employee 
engagement include:

 – A wellness initiative – providing free healthy snacks to 
staff in North Sydney office (our largest) and piloting 
HeadsUp, a tool that promotes better mental health in 
the workplace and runs team-based challenges. We have 
introduced the app in North Sydney and plan to roll it out 
more widely following the pilot.

 – Women in Insurance – a new cadetship program in 

partnership with two major insurers to encourage female 
law graduates to join the sector. The program’s first 
candidates will start their cadetships in the second half 
of the 2021 calendar year.

 – ‘Do Good, Be Better’ initiative – gives staff volunteer 

days, salary sacrificeable charity donations and matched 
giving. Employees in our head office teams and all 
Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane teams in our Agencies, 
Austbrokers Corporate and AUB Hospitality are included 
in this initiative. We plan to roll this initiative out more 
widely over the next year.

 – COVID-19 vaccine leave – we are giving staff members 

two days of extra leave to allow them to get their 
COVID-19 vaccinations.

Turnover
We see increasing demand for talent across a number 
of skill sets. 

We monitor employee turnover to understand trends in 
demand for skills and to assist us adjusting our retention 
strategies to ensure our high performers are fulfilled and 
challenged in their roles. We conduct exit interviews to 
help management ensure that organisational issues are 
identified and dealt with.

Employee turnover across the Group was 10% in 2021 
compared to 12% in 2020. 

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION

Gender equality
We are working to improve gender balance across the AUB 
Group. In FY21, we conducted a review of our Diversity and 
Inclusion Policy. From this review, we made a number of 
improvements to our recruitment, selection and succession 
processes, incorporating psychometric testing as part 
of the recruitment process and ensuring succession 
planning is evaluated on an ongoing basis and continuously 
updated and monitored. 

AUB Group is committed to the development, 
promotion and retention of women in leadership. 
Some of these initiatives include: 

gender diversity in the composition of our 
board and with a target of 30% female directors 
(achieved)

mentoring and career resiliency programs 
that are focused on giving female staff equal 
opportunity to rise to senior positions 

programs focused on attracting women to the 
insurance industry and development plans for 
key talent

regular remuneration reviews to ensure 
remuneration is relevant to the market and 
commensurate to the role regardless of gender. 

We report annually to the Workplace Gender Equality 
Agency, in line with the Workplace Gender Equality 
Act. These reports provide valuable insights into 
our workforce composition and flag areas where 
we can improve our employee value proposition 
and retention and recruitment practices. The 
latest filing is available on our website.

Throughout the year we monitor performance for gender 
balance across the following broad position categories:

 – Executive: C-Suite (CEO, CFO, CIO, CRO) or equivalent. 
 – Non-Executive Management: An employee who has 
strategic control and direction over a substantial part 
of the business, but whose responsibilities do not extend 
across an entire corporate group, such as the head of 
a brand within a group. 

 – Professionals: Qualified, or partially qualified staff such 
as brokers, underwriters, claims handlers, non-book-
keeping finance staff etc. 

 – All other employees: These are typically support staff 
such as executive assistants, bookkeepers, and other 
administrative staff within the organisation.

These reporting categories align with our WGEA reporting 
to and ensure comparability with the market and our peers. 

At the end of the reporting period AUB Group and its 
controlled entities had a total of 988 employees with 
women representing 58% across the Group. However, 
we know we have more work to do to achieve greater 
levels of female representation in the Executive and  
Non-Executive Management groups in particular.

We’re pleased to report that throughout the year 
approximately 68% of our internal promotions were 
female, up from 66% in the prior year.

54

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021EMPLOYEE GENDER COMPOSITION (%)

100

80

60

40

20

0

93

7

18

82

47

53

63

37

Executives

Non-Executive 
Management

Professionals

Other 
Employees

Female

Male

Gender equality is only one dimension of diversity and 
inclusion. As part of our Diversity and Inclusion Policy*, 
we have introduced the following: 

 – promote a culture that embraces diversity when 

recruiting employees, senior management and the board

 – ensure that recruitment and selection practices at all 
levels are appropriately structured so that a diverse 
range of candidates are considered, and addressing any 
conscious or unconscious biases that might discriminate 
against certain candidates

 – value diversity of perspective – leveraging the diverse 
thinking, skills, experience and working styles of our 
employees and other stakeholders 

 –  flexible work practices and provide opportunities for 

work arrangements that accommodate the diverse 
needs of individuals at different career and life stages. 

We plan to build processes in the next period to assess and 
report on cultural diversity within our workforce. We also 
plan to focus on broader diversity in the future to improve 
representation across other groups, including the indigenous 
and LGBTQIA+ communities, as well as people living with a 
disability and people of different ages, to align our workforce 
makeup with the communities that we serve.

PROMOTIONS 2021

PROMOTIONS 2020

32

Female

Male

34

Female

Male

68

66

WORKPLACE HEALTH AND SAFETY
We aim to provide a physically and psychologically safe workplace for our people. All health and safety incidents are reported 
to AUB Group Board’s Remuneration and People Committee and Audit and Risk Committee. There was one workplace safety 
incident relating to bullying and harassment reported during FY21 (FY20: nil).

In FY21, we completed a review of AUB Group’s Health and Safety Policy, which found that the policy reflected current law and 
best practice. We intend to conduct another review in late 2021. 

With the disruption caused by COVID-19, mental health is an area of growing visibility. We have a dedicated free and confidential 
Employment Assistance Program (EAP) to support our employees and their families 24/7. Since the start of COVID-19, we 
have not witnessed any increase in reported incidents related to mental health, however, we acknowledge that with most of our 
workforce carrying out desk work remotely, workplace health and safety incidents may not be visible to us. We encourage our 
employees to provide feedback to us about their physical and psychological health through our regular online employee surveys, 
their direct managers and HR.

* 

https://www.aubgroup.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/4DiversityandInclusionPolicy.pdf

55

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021PRODUCT INNOVATION
We provide our partners with access to insurance services 
that enhance their ability to support their customers 
including claims services, specialist estimating, forensic 
and investigation support. Further to enable our partners to 
concentrate more on their customers we provide a range of 
opt-in administrative support services in accounting, payroll, 
tax and analytics.

We also help our partners to optimise their businesses 
by providing them with financial advice, legal advice, 
management support, succession advice and support, 
funding, mergers and acquisitions support, and strategy 
formulation and execution.

5. 

CUSTOMERS

Our customers seek fairly priced insurance products 
that meet their needs. We provide this through excellent 
customer service supported by leading products and 
technology.

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT AND RETENTION
Customer engagement is central to our business with 
partners and their employees expected to provide relevant, 
fairly priced insurance solutions supported by excellent 
customer service. In the reporting period, we achieved 
an overall premium retention rate of 93%.

We strive to provide all our customers with products that are 
appropriate to their financial objectives and circumstances.

We do this as part of our customer service standards and 
to ensure we are compliant with the relevant financial 
services laws.

The government has extended unfair contract terms 
legislation to cover insurance contracts, effective 5 
April 2021. This legislation provides better protection to 
consumers and small businesses by requiring insurance 
contracts to be clearly worded. In response to this legislation, 
AUB Group assessed and amended its own policy wordings 
and worked with its insurance partners to amend distributed 
policy wordings to meet these new requirements.

As part of our commitment to high quality customer service, 
our partner businesses must also ensure robust dispute 
resolution processes are in place to handle complaints in a 
timely and fair manner. AUB Group provides all partner firms 
with access to up-to-date manuals on these requirements 
and provides support, as and when required, to meet 
regulatory notification and ongoing reporting obligations.

Customer complaints are reported centrally so that 
responses can be monitored and any trends analysed. 
The Board Audit and Risk Committee oversees this process.

TECHNOLOGICAL TRANSFORMATION 
 To deliver the best service to our customers, we provide 
our partners with centrally managed technology services 
infrastructure that support them in delivering high quality 
services and products to their clients. We have invested in 
leading technology through BizCover and we are further 
developing our technology in Austagencies and New Zealand 
with the aim of providing a customer friendly, efficient and 
effective technology underpinning to our services.

56

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
6. 

SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENT

AUB Group is committed to supporting the communities in 
which it operates, and to managing our wider social impacts. 
We recognise the importance of focusing on economic and 
social wellbeing, today and into the future, by supporting 
our local communities and by operating as a responsible 
corporate citizen. We also know the importance of managing 
our environmental impacts, and continue to adopt better ways 
of working in order to reduce our footprint.

AUB Group and our partners support community 
organisations, such as charities and sporting clubs, through 
fundraising, sponsorship, and volunteering. Because our 
partners are located all throughout Australia and New 
Zealand, we adopt a decentralised approach to community 
support, allowing our partners to determine how they can 
have the greatest impact in their local communities.

During the reporting period, AUB Group as whole donated 
and sponsored in excess of $1m to community initiatives. 
Our employees also volunteered their time, contributing 
hundreds of hours to charity events. 

COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
AUB Group and all of its related entities in Australia and 
New Zealand have over 3,000 team members in 500 
locations, serving over 850,000 clients. At our core, we 
are a people business: providing a community service 
and helping our customers manage their risks.

Community initiatives 
Our agency and Austbrokers divisions contributed monetary 
donations to, and participated in, a range of fundraising and 
community initiatives during the year, including as: 

 – Sponsor of the annual Insurances Ashes, which is a 

cricket event run by the Primary Club of Australia (PCA) 
to raise funds to support people with disabilities.

 – Sponsor of Insurance Rocks, a battle of the bands event, 
raising funds for Australia Cancer Research Foundation.
 – Major sponsor of the Lloyd’s Australia Golf Day. In 2021, 
the event supported SpinalCure Australia in their work to 
find a cure for spinal cord injury.

 – Charity partner with AllKids, which is a not-for-profit 
organisation providing education to disadvantaged 
children in the coastal commune of Ream in Sihanouk 
Province, Cambodia. 

 – Sponsor of the Outback Car Trek, which donates the 
funds it raised each year to the Royal Flying Doctor 
Service of Australia.

We also provided donations to, and sponsorship of, 
community and sporting clubs around Australia, including 
the St George Australia Football Club, Noarlunga Soccer Club 
and Drummoyne Water Polo Club. 

In July 2021, NZbrokers recently established the NZbrokers 
Foundation, which will provide four senior leader 
scholarships along with a number of broker scholarships 
to build financial services skills within the community.

57

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
Our partners determine the best approach to engage with 
and support their local communities, some examples 
include:

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 
AUB Group is committed to being a responsible and 
sustainable organisation.

The Insurance Advisernet Foundation supports 
local Australian and New Zealand organisations that 
work to help change the lives of individuals, families 
and communities for the better. Over the past 10 
years, the Insurance Advisernet Foundation has 
contributed over $2.5m to more than 50 different 
charities. During FY21, over $400k was donated to a 
variety of community fundraising initiatives, including 
initiatives arising from the Southern NSW bushfires 
and local charities including Men’s Shed Association, 
Junior Diabetes Research Fund, Act for Kids, South 
Australian Health and Medical Research Institute, 
Starlight Foundation and Beyond Blue.

Adroit Insurance and Risk based in regional Victoria 
holds strong community values at the heart of their 
organisation. The team has raised over $2m for local 
community organisations and foundations since 
it was established in 1978. In the reporting period, 
Adroit made donations to a range of local community 
foundations, organised and hosted various events, 
and volunteered over 200 hours of staff time. Adroit 
is also a proud supporter of local emergency appeals 
created in response to COVID-19, including the 
Give Geelong Appeal, which raised much needed 
funds for local food banks struggling to cope with 
increased demand. 

Climate change presents a number of risks and opportunities 
for all sectors, including the insurance industry. These 
include direct damage to assets or property, pricing and 
demand changes from the transition to a low-carbon 
economy, and business disruption from a changing 
regulatory environment. Increasing frequency and severity 
of climate-related events pose increased risks to some 
customers and as these events become more regular, the 
cost of insurance may become prohibitive and certain risks 
may become uninsurable.

AUB Group believes that we must address climate risks 
seriously to ensure the viability of our business as well 
as to identify opportunities to change and grow.

We acknowledge the science, and are supportive of global 
efforts to decarbonize the economy. We intend to align our 
business practices with the goals set in the Paris Agreement, 
including to limit global warming to well below 1.5 degrees. 
We are also committed to further developing our climate risk 
reporting, with a view to aligning our reporting practices to 
the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board’s Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

Whilst we are new to TCFD, climate risk is certainly not new 
to the insurance industry. We have been factoring in climate-
related risks into our client risk assessments for years, and 
continue to ensure we understand how to advise clients 
on these risks and the impact on their insurance options 
and cover. 

With increasing community and stakeholder concern 
about the consequences of climate change and impacts 
businesses have on the surrounding environment, it is 
important to improve how we measure and report on 
our climate change impacts and our long-term approach 
to mitigate them.

AUB Group’s Environmental and Social Governance Policy 
details how we seek to be a responsible and sustainable 
business, and outlines our requirements for a robust 
management approach. We expect our partner firms 
to adopt our policy in their businesses. 

58

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021AUB Group’s environmental objectives and how we are achieving them are summarised below. 

OUR OBJECTIVES

HOW WE ARE ACHIEVING OUR OBJECTIVES

Reducing and consolidating office space. 

4/1 work from home program for Sydney-based agency and head 
office staff, where employees work from home 4 days a week.

Measuring Scope 1 and 2 emissions across the AUB Group.

Monitoring and reducing water consumption year-on-year.

Monitoring and encouraging carbon offsets purchase and 
renewable energy consumption.

Choosing green buildings for our office, including our North Sydney 
head office, which boasts a 5.5 Star NABERS energy rating and a 
4.0 Star NABERS water rating.

Use of energy efficient lighting in our office buildings.

–  7 buildings in the target emissions group have an average energy 

rating of 4.6.

–  5 buildings in the target emissions group have an average water 

rating or 4.1.

Actively encouraging recycling of paper, glass and aluminium. We 
also provide printer toner cartridge recycling stations in each office.

Encouraging our employees to use reusable water bottles, cups, 
and mugs while in the office to reduce waste.

2 buildings in the target emissions group have an average waste 
rating of 2.8.

Providing office space in central locations near public transport 
hubs. Most employees travel to and from work via public transport 
(train, bus, ferry) or active transport (walking and cycling). 

Encouraging video and audio communication to reduce air and 
road travel.

Procuring environmentally friendly office supplies.

Adopting digital solutions to reduce our use of paper and our need 
for business travel.

Reducing our paper usage by setting printers to print double-sided 
output.

Equipping our employees with knowledge and training to minimise 
their own environmental footprint.

Actively engaging with our partners on good ESG practices.

Reduce water and 
energy consumption

Minimise waste, and 
encourage the reuse 
and recycling of 
waste items

Promote sustainable 
transport to 
employees, clients 
and suppliers

Support sustainable 
procurement and 
other sustainable 
work practices

Carbon emissions reduction
AUB Group’s emissions reporting covers ours and our partners’ tenanted offices and car fleets. Our primary measures of these 
activities are scope 1 and 2 emissions.1

 – Scope 1 emissions relate to emissions from our car fleets.
 – Scope 2 emissions relate to energy we purchase from the electricity grid.

1 

Scope 1 and 2 emissions are prepared according to National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (‘NGER Act’). Following the NGER Act’s guidelines, we 
report on emissions where the AUB Group has operational control over the facility, thus excludes Scope 3 Emissions. Emissions reported includes both Australia 
and New Zealand.

59

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021Scope 1 & 2 Emissions

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

Scope 1 – Diesel & Petrol
Combustion and Natural Gas
via Pipeline

Scope 2 –(cid:4)Electricity from
National Grid

2021

2020

Total Scope 1 & 2

CO2-e emissions per employee, with the annual results outlined below:

Scope 1 & 2 Emissions, tCO2-e/employee

2021

1.13

2020

1.22

Movement 
%

(7.1%)

Our Scope 2 emissions reduced by 800 tonnes of CO2-e year on year. We sold the Altius Group in March 2021 and its emissions 
are excluded from the 2021 measurement period. Altius had 39 offices and the 2020 measurement period included 400 
tonnes of CO2-e for Altius. For our remaining businesses, during the reporting period, our emissions reduced due to COVID-19 
lockdowns and due to initiatives we have taken at our North Sydney head office: 

 – With respect to COVID-19, a number of our partners’ offices were impacted by extended lockdowns, for example two large 

partner businesses in Victoria contributed a reduction of 233 tonnes of CO2-e. 

 – At corporate level we saw a reduction of 111 tonnes of CO2-e as a result of (1) the sub lease of two offices and concentrating 
our staff into our North Sydney head office and (2) the introduction of a 4/1 work from home program where employees of 
AUB Group, our agencies and two brokerages are in the office 1 day per week when possible.

Water consumption 
We strive to monitor and reduce our water consumption across our businesses. Consolidating our office space, as well as 
promoting flexible working arrangements have been the key factors in reduction of water consumption in the reporting period, 
compared to the prior year. 

RESPONSIBLE SUPPLY CHAIN
AUB Group acknowledges that modern slavery can occur in every industry, sector, and country, including those where we operate. 
AUB Group has zero tolerance policy for modern slavery in our supply chain and is committed to continual improvement in 
combating all forms of modern slavery such as forced labour, debt bondage, deceptive recruiting, human trafficking and child labour. 

AUB Group’s ESG policy promotes ethical and sustainable practices, in particular respecting human rights through developing high 
quality and ethical partnerships with suppliers and service providers. AUB Group encourages all employees and business partners 
to escalate any concerns internally or through our anonymous reporting service. We comply with all relevant laws and expect the 
same from all our stakeholders. 

During the reporting period, AUB Group introduced a Modern Slavery Policy to address modern slavery risks within our operations, 
supply chains and investment activities. 

To comply with all modern slavery legal obligations, we are in the process of identifying and managing risks within our business and 
supply chain. We have conducted a preliminary review of AUB Group and its controlled entities’ supply chain partners and assessed 
it against governmental and international organisations’ data and resources. In response, we have initiated a Modern Slavery 
Compliance Programme to complement our Modern Slavery Policy and the existing Risk Management Framework over the course 
of the coming reporting period. This programme comprises of enhanced supplier assessments and questionnaires, standardized 
contractual clauses for use in supplier arrangements across the AUB Group network, specific whistle-blower provisions, and 
internal awareness and compliance training. Our Modern Slavery Policy and Statement are available on our website.*

* 

https://www.aubgroup.com.au/reports-and-statements

60

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTYEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021FINANCIAL 
REPORT

61

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021AUDITORS INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

AAuuddiittoorr’’ss  IInnddeeppeennddeennccee  DDeeccllaarraattiioonn  ttoo  tthhee  DDiirreeccttoorrss  ooff  AAUUBB  GGrroouupp  LLiimmiitteedd  

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of AUB Group Limited for the year ended 30 June 2021, I declare to the best of 
my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and   

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of AUB Group Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial year. 

Ernst & Young 

Michael Wright 
Partner 
26 August 2021 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

62

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Notes

4 (a)

4 (b)

4 (c)

4 (d)

4 (e)

4 (f)

4 (g)

5 (a)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Other Income

Share of profit of associates

Cost to provide services and administrative expenses

Finance costs

Adjustments to carrying value

Profit from sale or dilution of interests in associates, sale of controlled entities 
and broking portfolios

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:

Net movement in foreign currency translation and asset revaluation reserves

Income tax benefit relating to currency translation and asset revaluation movement

Other comprehensive income after income tax for the period

Total comprehensive income after tax for the period

Profit for the year attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income after tax for the period attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

6

6

2021
$’000

Restated 
2020*
$’000

313,338

303,456

1,030

37,328

2,328

29,571

(260,651)

(258,857)

(7,618)

83,427

(8,529)

67,969

(4,105)

1,790

22,881

102,203

(18,477)

 83,726 

(2,739)

67,020

(11,175)

 55,845 

(132)

(75)

(207)

(2,135)

–

(2,135)

 83,519 

 53,710 

70,621

13,105

46,984

8,861

 83,726 

 55,845 

70,339

13,180

45,175

8,535

 83,519 

 53,710 

95.09

94.81

63.74

63.59

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (SOCI) should be read in conjunction with the notes to the 
Financial Report.

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

63

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS AT 30 JUNE 2021

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents - Trust 

Trade and other receivables

Lease Net Investment

Other financial assets

Total Current Assets

Non-current Assets

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets

Investment in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets and goodwill

Right of Use Asset and Lease Net Investment

Deferred tax assets

Total Non-current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue from contracts with customers

Income tax payable

Provision for employee entitlements

Lease liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Total Current Liabilities

Non-current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Total Non-current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Issued capital

Retained earnings

Foreign currency translation reserve

Asset revaluation reserve

Put option reserve

Share based payments reserve

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Total Equity

Notes

2021
$’000

Restated 
2020*
$’000

10 

10 

11 

12 

11 

8 

13 

12 

5 (b)

76,588 

205,232 

64,081 

1,045 

554 

84,374 

158,777 

68,677 

529 

348 

347,500 

312,705 

3,532 

40 

280,643 

7,534 

318 

40 

271,041 

11,676 

469,677 

382,996 

22,618 

14,574 

26,322 

15,256 

798,618 

707,649 

1,146,118 

1,020,354 

15 

242,904 

215,186 

12 

16 

15 

5 (b)

12 

16 

18, SOCIE

SOCIE

SOCIE

SOCIE

15, SOCIE

SOCIE

7,166 

9,706 

20,680 

7,786 

11,474 

6,243 

9,366 

17,494 

8,224 

11,104 

299,716 

267,617 

10,530 

3,767 

14,929 

18,080 

200,809 

248,115 

547,831 

598,287 

266,659 

210,424 

(1,519)

108 

(7,057)

10,139 

478,754 

119,533 

598,287 

547 

3,664 

15,999 

21,443 

220,666 

262,319 

529,936 

490,418 

258,947 

177,769 

(1,129)

– 

(14,778)

8,469 

429,278 

61,140 

490,418 

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (SOFP) should be read in conjunction with the notes to the Financial Report.

* 

The comparative year end has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

64

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

Issued
capital
$’000

Retained
earnings
$’000

Foreign 
currency
translation 
reserve
$’000

Put option
reserve
$’000

Asset 
revaluation 
reserve
$’000

Share 
based
payment 
reserve
$’000

Non-
controlling
interests
$’000

Total
$’000

Total
equity
$’000

At 1 July 2020

 258,947 

 177,769 

(1,129)

(14,778)

 – 

 8,469 

 429,278 

 61,140 

 490,418 

Net Profit After Tax for 
the year

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Transactions with 
owners in their capacity 
as owners:

Ownership changes 
without gaining/losing 
control (see Note 9)

Non-controlling 
interests relating to 
new acquisitions 
(see Note 7(a))

Non-controlling interests 
relating to new disposals 
(see Note 7(b))

Transfer to put option 
reserve & impact of put 
option release

Net cost of share-based 
payment

Shares issued under 
dividend reinvestment 
plan

Issue of shares

Equity dividends

 – 

 70,621 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(390)

 – 

 70,621 

(390)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 70,621 

 13,105 

 83,726 

108

108

 – 

(282)

75

(207)

 – 

 70,339 

 13,180 

 83,519 

 – 

(5,434)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,434)

(13,526)

(18,960)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 80,045 

 80,045 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(7,660)

(7,660)

5,587

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

2,108

5,604

 – 

(38,119)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

7,721

 – 

 – 

 13,308 

 – 

 13,308 

 – 

 – 

 1,670 

 1,670 

 – 

 1,670 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 2,108 

 5,604 

 – 

 – 

 2,108 

 5,604 

(38,119)

(13,646)

(51,765)

At 30 June 2021

 266,659 

 210,424 

(1,519)

(7,057)

108

 10,139 

 478,754 

 119,533 

 598,287 

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (SOCIE) should be read in conjunction with the notes to the Financial 
Report.

65

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

Issued
capital
$’000

Retained
earnings*
$’000

Foreign 
currency
translation 
reserve
$’000

Put option
reserve*
$’000

Asset 
revaluation 
reserve
$’000

Share 
based
payment 
reserve
$’000

Non-
controlling
interests*
$’000

Total
$’000

Total
equity*
$’000

At 1 July 2019*

 255,662 

 170,481 

 680 

(19,919)

 – 

 7,820 

 414,724 

 67,771 

 482,495 

 – 

 46,984 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1,809)

 – 

 46,984 

(1,809)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 46,984 

 8,861 

 55,845 

 – 

(1,809)

(326)

(2,135)

 – 

 45,175 

 8,535 

 53,710 

 – 

(1,246)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1,246)

(1,439)

(2,685)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,355)

(5,355)

 – 

(3,861)

 – 

 5,141 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,285

 – 

 – 

(34,589)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,280 

 – 

1,280

 649 

 649 

 – 

649

 – 

 – 

 3,285 

 – 

3,285

(34,589)

(8,372)

(42,961)

 8,469 

 429,278 

 61,140 

 490,418 

 At 30 June 2020* 

 258,947 

 177,769 

(1,129)

(14,778)

Net Profit After Tax  
for the year*

Other comprehensive 
income*

Total comprehensive 
income for the year*

Transactions with 
owners in their capacity 
as owners:

Ownership changes 
without gaining/losing 
control (see Note 9)

Non-controlling interests 
relating to disposals 
(see Note 7(b))

Transfer to put option 
reserve & impact of put 
option release

Net cost of share-based 
payment

Shares issued under 
dividend reinvestment 
plan

Equity dividends

* 

The comparative year end has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

66

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Receipts from customers

Dividends/trust distributions received from associates

Management fees received from associates/ related entities, and interest received

Payments to suppliers and employees

Income tax paid

Interest paid

Interest paid - lease liabilities

Net cash from operating activities before customer trust account movements

Net increase in cash held in customer trust accounts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Payments for acquisition of consolidated entities, net of cash acquired

Cash inflow/(outflow) from sale/deconsolidation of controlled entities

Disposal costs on sale of controlled entities

Payment for new associates and increases in holdings in associates

Proceeds from disposal of interests in associates

Payment for contingent consideration on prior year acquisitions

Payment for new broking portfolios purchased

Proceeds from sale of broking portfolios

Net payments from purchases/sales of plant and equipment,  
capitalised projects, and other assets

Net repayment/(advances) of loans to associates/related entities

Notes

2021
$’000

Restated 
2020*
$’000

316,676

330,204 

34,252 

14,530 

24,400 

13,745 

(254,025)

(266,709)

(20,190)

(15,101)

(6,225)

(1,178)

83,840 

28,746 

112,586 

(13,436)

48,824 

(2,232)

(7,074)

(1,470)

77,995 

12,114 

90,109 

(4,316)

(4,135)

– 

(11,231)

(141,230)

2,106 

(2,186)

(2,192)

828 

(699)

3,451 

4,491 

(5,398)

(2,733)

739

(512)

(763)

4

7 (a)

7 (b)

7 (b)

8 

8 

15 

NET CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

23,233 

(153,857)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Dividends paid to shareholders of the Group**

Dividends paid to shareholders of non-controlling interests

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Payments of principal for lease liabilities

Proceeds from deferred consideration on prior year disposal

Proceeds from partial disposal of interests in controlled entities

Payment for increase in interests in controlled entities

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

Impact as a result of foreign exchange

10 (b)

10 (b)

10 (b)

9 

9 

(46,712)

(20,603)

(13,646)

(8,372)

51,551 

142,451 

(61,796)

(14,510)

(9,346)

1,920 

2,458 

(21,417)

(96,988)

38,831 

(9,168)

– 

1,250 

(3,692)

87,356 

23,608 

243,151 

219,997 

(162)

(454)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

10

281,820 

243,151 

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (SOCF) should be read in conjunction with the notes to the Financial Report.

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

* 
**  Excludes Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) which is a non-cash item. 

67

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

b.  Statement of compliance
The financial statements comply with Australian Accounting 
Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board and International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(‘IASB’).

c.  Basis of consolidation
Information from the financial statements of controlled 
entities is included from the date the parent entity obtains 
control until such time as control ceases. Generally, there 
is a presumption that a majority of voting rights results 
in control. To support this presumption, the Group also 
considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing 
whether it has control over an entity, including rights arising 
from contractual arrangements with the entity and/or other 
vote holders of the entity.

Where there is a loss of control of a controlled entity, the 
consolidated financial statements include the results for the 
part of the reporting period during which the parent entity 
had control.

The financial information in respect of controlled entities 
is prepared for the same reporting period as the parent 
Company using consistent accounting policies, with 
adjustments made to ensure conformity with the Group’s 
accounting policies.

All intercompany balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, 
have been eliminated in the consolidated accounts.

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of 
comprehensive income and net assets in subsidiaries 
which are not 100% owned by the Group. These are 
presented separately in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income and within equity in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position.

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners
A change in ownership interest without loss of control is 
accounted for as an equity transaction. The difference 
between the consideration transferred and the book value of 
the share of the non-controlling interest acquired or disposed 
is recognised directly in equity attributable to the parent entity. 

Where the parent entity loses control over a controlled entity, 
it derecognises the assets including goodwill, liabilities, and 
non-controlling interests in the controlled entity together 
with any accumulated translation differences previously 
recognised in equity. The Group recognises the fair value 
of the consideration received and the fair value of the 
investment retained together with any gain or loss in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 CORPORATE INFORMATION

1 
The consolidated financial statements are those of AUB 
Group Limited (the parent ‘Company’) and all entities that 
AUB Group Limited controlled (together the ‘Group’) during 
the year and at the reporting date. 

The financial report of AUB Group Limited for the year ended 
30 June 2021 was authorised for issue in accordance with a 
resolution of the Directors on 26 August 2021. The Directors 
have the power to amend and reissue the financial report.

AUB Group Limited is a for profit company limited by shares 
incorporated in Australia whose shares are publicly traded 
on the Australian Securities Exchange. 

The principal activities during the year of entities within the 
consolidated Group were the provision of services across 
Australia and New Zealand for insurance broking, agency, 
and distribution of ancillary products within the support 
services businesses.

The registered office and principal place of business of the 
Company is Level 14, 141 Walker Street, North Sydney NSW 
2060, Australia.

2.1 

 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a.  Basis of preparation of the financial report
The financial report is a general purpose financial report 
which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards 
and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board.

The financial report has been prepared under the historical 
cost convention, as modified by applying fair value 
accounting to certain financial assets and financial liabilities 
(including derivative instruments) measured at Fair Value 
through Profit or Loss (FVTPL) or in other comprehensive 
income (OCI).

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars ($) and 
all values are rounded to the nearest $1,000 (where rounding 
is applicable), unless otherwise stated, under the option 
available to the Company under ASIC instrument “Rounding 
in Financial/Directors’ Reports” 2016/191. 

The Company is an entity to which this legislative instrument 
applies.

The functional currency of the Group and all segments other 
than New Zealand is Australian Dollars. The New Zealand 
segment’s functional currency is New Zealand dollars. The 
New Zealand segment’s result is converted to Australian 
dollars for presentation in the Group’s financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis.

Certain comparative information has been revised in 
this financial report to conform with the current period’s 
presentation.

68

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

2.1 

 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

d. 

 Significant accounting judgements, 
estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the financial statements requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the 
financial statements. Management continually evaluates its 
judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, 
contingent liabilities, revenue, and expenses.

Management bases its judgements and estimates on 
historical experience and on other various factors it believes 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the result of 
which form the basis of the carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions and conditions.

Management has identified the following critical accounting 
policies for which significant judgements, estimates and 
assumptions are made. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different assumptions and conditions 
and may materially affect financial results or the financial 
position reported in future periods.

Further details of the nature of these assumptions and 
conditions are found in the relevant notes to the financial 
statements.

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are 
often determined based on estimates and assumptions of 
future events. The key estimates and assumptions that have 
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within the 
next annual reporting period are:

Impairment of goodwill/intangibles and investments 
in associates
The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at 
least on an annual basis and for any identifiable intangibles 
and investments in associates that have an indicator of 
impairment. This requires an estimation of the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill 
is allocated. COVID-19 was considered in our assessment 
of (1) EBIT market multiples, (2) required return on equity in 
relation to Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) models and (3) future 
cash flow projections in DCF models. The assumptions used 
in this estimation of recoverable amount and the carrying 
amount of goodwill are discussed in Note 14.

Measurement of contingent consideration
The Group recognises contingent consideration is at fair value 
through profit or loss. Contingent considerations terms vary 
between transactions but generally involves either (1) an EBIT 
or Revenue (fixed) performance hurdle (generally 2-3 years) 
post the acquisition date (i.e., high water mark) or (2) future 
dated (generally 2-3 years) EBIT or Revenue times a fixed 
multiples less historic payments made.

See Note 7(a) and Note 8 for further details on current year 
transactions and Note 15 for movements in all contingent 
and deferred considerations.

Re-estimation of put options financial liability
A financial liability has been recognised representing an 
estimate of the value the Group could be required to pay 
on the future exercise by holders of put options over non-
controlling interests. The Group re-estimates the put options 
financial liability at the reporting date, taking into account 
the estimated future outcomes for income or profit, on 
which the purchase price will be determined. Generally, this 
involves projecting the EBIT of the entity to the first exercise 
date multiplied by the expected EBIT multiple and projected 
net debt (based on known information and the company’s 
gearing targets). Historical trends and any relevant external 
factors are taken into account in determining the likely 
outcome. See Note 15 for further details.

Expected Credit Loss - COVID-19
Whilst the subsidiaries and associates of the Group are 
diversified across industry sectors and customer segments, 
there may be some limited cases of customers experiencing 
short to medium term liquidity issues due to COVID-19. 
This may increase the risk of non-collectability in particular 
in relation to policies where customers are not required 
to maintain insurance under a legislative instrument or 
those industry sectors and customers that are significantly 
impacted by COVID-19. See Note 11 for further details.

Deferred Tax Assets
Deferred tax assets (DTA) are recognised for deductible 
temporary differences when management considers 
that it is probable that future tax profits will be available 
to utilise those temporary differences. Judgement is 
required in relation to DTAs recognised in relation to carry 
forward losses. The future profitability of each entity or tax 
consolidation group (if a part of a tax consolidation group) 
needs to be assessed including where a capital loss is made, 
the probability of a future capital gain to offset the carry 
forward capital loss. See Note 5 for further details.

Climate Change
Climate change is a material risk to the global economy 
including the insurance sector. As a result of an increased 
frequency and severity of climate related events the 
availability and cost of insurance coverage for some of our 
customers may be materially impacted.

Our decentralised operating approach and diversified 
investment strategy helps manage concentration risk to 
locations, industries, and products. As a result, we are not 
materially exposed to industries expected to be significantly 
impacted by climate change.

There are opportunities for the Group to facilitate alternative 
insurance cover for customers impacted by climate change. 
There are also opportunities for the Group within new and 
emerging markets such as renewable energy. 

69

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) 
The International Financial Reporting Standards 
Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) has issued the following 
agenda decision which impacts SaaS arrangements.

Configuration or customisation costs in a cloud computing 
arrangement (April 2021) – this decision discusses whether 
configuration or customisation expenditure relating to SaaS 
arrangements can be recognised as an intangible asset and 
if not, over what time period the expenditure is expensed.

The Group’s accounting policy has historically been to 
capitalise all costs related to SaaS arrangements as 
intangible assets in the Statement of Financial Position. The 
new accounting policy is presented in Note 25 and outlines 
that the Group must control the underlying intangible asset 
to meet the Group’s new intangible recognition criteria. The 
adoption of the above agenda decision has resulted in a 
reclassification of these intangible assets to either a prepaid 
asset in the Statement of Financial Position or recognition 
as an expense in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
impacting both the current and prior periods presented.

2.2 

 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
AND DISCLOSURES

The accounting policies and methods of computation are 
the same as those adopted in prior years except for new and 
amended accounting standards which came into effect on 
1 July 2020, which are detailed below.

The 30 June 2021 financial statements, and respective 
notes to the financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with the new and amended accounting 
standards. The accounting policies in the notes below 
have also been updated to reflect the new and amended 
accounting standards in effect during the year.

The Group also elected to early adopt the following 
amendments as at 1 July 2019:

 – AASB 2018-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Definition of Material.

The Group has applied the following standards and 
amendments for the first time for the annual reporting period 
commencing 1 July 2020:

 – AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an 
Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture;

 – AASB 2017-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Amendments to AASB 10 and AASB 128;
 – AASB 2018-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Definition of a Business; 

 – AASB 2019-1 Amendments to AASs – References to the 

Conceptual Framework; 

 – AASB 2019-3 Amendments to AASs – Interest Rate 

Benchmark Reform [Phase 1];

 – AASB 2019-5 Amendments to AASs – Disclosure of the 
Effect of New IFRS Standards Not Yet Issued in Australia;

 – AASB 2020-3 Amendment to AASB 9 – Fees in the ‘10 
per cent’ Test for Derecognition of Financial Liabilities 
(Part of Annual Improvements 2018–2020 Cycle); and
 – AASB 2020-4 Amendments to AASs – Covid-19-Related 

Rent Concessions.

The amendments listed above did not have any material 
impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are 
not expected to significantly affect the current or future 
periods.

70

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

2.2 

 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED)

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) (continued)
Historical financial information has been restated to account for the impact of the change in accounting policy in relation to 
SaaS arrangements, as follows:

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Line item

Trade and Other Receivables

Total Current Assets

Trade and Other Receivables

Intangible assets and goodwill

Deferred Tax Asset

Total Non Current Assets

Total Assets

Net Assets

Retained earnings

Foreign currency translation reserve

Non-Controlling Interests

Total Equity

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Line item

Trade and Other Receivables

Total Current Assets

Trade and Other Receivables

Intangible assets and goodwill

Deferred Tax Asset

Total Non Current Assets

Total Assets

Net Assets

Retained earnings

Foreign currency translation reserve

Non-Controlling Interests

Total Equity

Balance as at 30 June 2020

$’000

Previously 
reported

 68,539 

 312,567 

 111 

Adjustment

Adjusted

138

138

207

 68,677 

 312,705 

 318 

 385,497 

(2,501)

 382,996 

 14,538 

718

 15,256 

 709,225 

(1,576)

 707,649 

 1,021,792 

(1,438)

 1,020,354 

 491,856 

 179,005 

(1,442)

61,655

(1,438)

 490,418 

(1,236)

 177,769 

313

(515)

(1,129)

 61,140 

 491,856 

(1,438)

 490,418 

Opening Balance as at 1 July 2019

$’000

Previously 
reported

 79,592 

 299,597 

 133 

 401,146 

 12,645 

 556,329 

 855,926 

 483,684 

171,447

372

68,302

Adjustment

Adjusted

 142 

 142 

175

 79,734 

 299,739 

 308 

(2,100)

 399,046 

594

 13,239 

(1,331)

 554,998 

(1,189)

(1,189)

(966)

308

(531)

 854,737 

 482,495 

 170,481 

680

 67,771 

 483,684 

(1,189)

 482,495 

71

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

2.2 

 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED)

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) (continued)

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Line item

Amortisation of capitalised project costs

Business technology and software costs

Profit before income tax

Other comprehensive income

Income tax expense

Total comprehensive income after tax for the period

Total comprehensive income after tax for the period attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Earnings Per Share

Basic

Diluted

Consolidated statement of Cash Flows

Line item

Payments to suppliers and employees

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net payments from purchases/sales of plant and equipment,  
capitalised projects, and other assets

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Year ended 30 June 2020

$’000

Previously 
reported

 1,076 

 10,259 

 67,399 

(2,141)

(11,299)

53,959

45,440

8,519

53,959

64.10

63.95

Adjustment

Adjusted

(816)

1,195

(379)

6

124

(249)

(265)

16

(249)

(0.36)

(0.36)

 260 

 11,454 

 67,020 

(2,135)

(11,175)

53,710

 45,175 

 8,535 

53,710

63.74

63.59

Year ended 30 June 2020

$’000

Previously 
reported

(265,514)

91,304 

(1,707)

(155,052)

Adjustment

Adjusted

(1,195)

(1,195)

(266,709)

90,109 

1,195

1,195 

(512)

(153,857)

2.3   STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
There are a number of new accounting standards and amendments issued, but not yet effective, none of which have been 
early adopted by the Group in this Financial Report. The new standards and amendments (noted below), when applied in future 
periods, are not expected to have a material impact on the financial position of the Group.

 – Amendments to AASB 101: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current;
 – AASB 2019-3 Amendments to AASs – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform [Phase 2];
 – AASB 2020-3 Amendments to AASB 3 – Reference to the Conceptual Framework; and
 – AASB 2020-3 Amendments to AASB 137 – Onerous Contracts —Cost of Fulfilling a Contract.

72

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

4. 

 Support Services: provides a diversified range of 
services to support the Broking, Agency, and New 
Zealand segments, and external clients. Services 
includes post claim rehabilitation, investigation, loss 
adjusting, legal, white labelling, Group captive insurance 
and AUB Group head office support. These sub 
segments are not individually reportable.

The support services segment includes the health 
& rehab* and BizCover divisions.

Discrete financial information about each of these segments 
is reported to management on a regular basis and the 
operating results are monitored separately for the purposes 
of resource allocation and performance assessment.

Each segment, except Support Services, contains entities 
which operate within a uniform regulatory environment, 
and contains similar characteristics in relation to customer 
profile and operational risks. 

Underlying Net Profit Before Tax
Performance of segments are reviewed by Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (‘CODM’) on an Underlying Net Profit Before 
Tax (UNPBT) basis. UNPBT excludes the effects of non-
recurring events or other items not representative of the 
underlying operations items of income and expenditure 
which do not represent the underlying performance of the 
Group and segments of the Group, such as restructuring 
costs, acquisition costs, fair value gain/losses, profits on 
sale, amortisation of broking registers and impairments. 
Such items are considered to be a result of non-recurring 
events or non-representative of the underlying operations 
of the Group and segments of the Group. UNPBT also 
excludes non-controlling interests to reflect the performance 
attributable to the shareholders of the Group.

OPERATING SEGMENTS

3 
An operating segment is a component of an entity that 
engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are 
regularly reviewed by members of the senior executive 
management team who are the entity’s chief operating 
decision makers (CODM) to make decisions about resources 
to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance 
and for which discrete financial information is available.

Operating segments that meet the quantitative criteria as 
prescribed by AASB 8 are reported separately. However, 
an operating segment that does not meet the aggregation 
criteria is still reported separately where information about 
the segment would be useful for the users of the financial 
statements. Information about other business activities and 
operating segments that are below the quantitative criteria 
are combined and disclosed in a separate category. 

The Group’s corporate structure is organised into four 
business units which have been identified as separate 
reportable segments as follows:

1. 

2. 

 Australian Broking: assess the insurable risks and risk 
appetite of customers and sources relevant insurance 
products from insurers and underwriters which meets 
the needs of the customer. Post policy binding services 
primarily include claims handling services on behalf 
of the customer (claims preparation). Customers are 
generally comprised of Small and Medium Enterprise 
(SME) businesses, however services are also provided to 
large institutions and individuals.

 Australian Agencies: on behalf of the insurer, assessment 
of risk profile and pricing of policies requested by 
brokers. Post policy binding services primarily include 
claims handling services on behalf of the insurer (claims 
processing). Customers are generally comprised of brokers 
operating within the SME insurance industry sector. These 
entities do not incur or hold policy liabilities.

3. 

 New Zealand: provides broking and agency services 
within the New Zealand market. Operations are centrally 
monitored and managed by AUB Group NZ head office. 
As a distinct overseas operation and investment, 
performance of the segment is separately monitored.

* 

Health and Rehab division ceased during the period on disposal of Altius Group Holdings Pty Ltd on 31 March 2021.

73

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

OPERATING SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)

3 
UNPAT reconciles to the Profit after income tax attributable to equity holders of the parent (Reported NPAT) within the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income (SOCI) as follows:

Net Profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent*

Add back/(less):

– Share of Amortisation of broking registers

–  Adjustments to value of entities (to fair value) on the day they became  

controlled entities 

– Remeasurement of put option liability (net of Interest unwind)

– Share of impairment charge

– Share of movements in contingent consideration, net of impairment charge

– (Profit)/Loss on deconsolidation of controlled entity 

– Capital losses not previously recognised

–  Share of Profit from sale or dilution of interests in associates, controlled entities 

and broking portfolios

– Share of Impairment of the Right of Use Asset and Onerous Lease Expense

Notes

SOCI

2021 
$’000

2020 
$’000

70,621 

46,984 

10,948 

7,114 

(3,851)

(2,862)

5,587 

2,679 

(372)

(18,138)

(3,861)

3,578 

(476)

2,899 

(1,791)

(2,250)

(2,050)

(961)

611 

1,057 

1,785 

1,202 

 65,301 

 53,152 

94,399 

76,236 

(29,098)

 65,301 

(23,084)

 53,152 

– Share of Legal, due diligence and debt costs

Underlying Net Profit After Tax

Represented by:

Underlying profit pre tax

Tax Expense

Underlying Net Profit After Tax

Segment Financial Performance

Inter-segment revenue** 

Revenue from external customers 

Total revenue and other income

Share of Net Underlying Profits of Associates 
accounted for using the equity method before 
amortisation on broking registers and income  
tax expense

Total income

Less: Expenses

Total underlying cost to provide services and 
administrative expenses

Inter-segment expenses**

Interest paid and other borrowing costs

Non-controlling interest

Underlying Net Profit Before Tax

30 June 2021

Australian 
Broking 
$’000

Australian 
Agencies 
$’000

New Zealand 
$’000

2,301 

173,640 

175,941 

– 

64,043 

64,043 

– 

44,812 

44,812 

Support 
Services 
$’000

3,442 

31,873 

35,315 

Total 
$’000

5,743 

314,368 

320,111 

43,053 

218,994 

2,024 

66,067 

2,158 

46,970 

8,866 

56,101 

44,181 

376,212 

(130,126)

(46,222)

(32,137)

(40,669)

(249,154)

(2,715)

(810)

(13,377)

71,966 

(1,339)

– 

(3,667)

14,839 

(1,689)

(491)

(2,082)

10,571 

– 

(4,924)

(1,565)

(2,977)

(5,743)

(6,225)

(20,691)

94,399 

Excludes non operation expenses, refer to preceding table for reconciliation between statutory profit and underlying profit before tax.

* 
** 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.
 Management fees and interest on loans are recognised as revenue within the Support services segment, and as an expense within other segments.

74

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

3 

OPERATING SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)

Segment Financial Performance

Inter-segment revenue** 

Revenue from external customers

Total revenue and other income

Share of Net Underlying Profits of Associates 
accounted for using the equity method before 
amortisation on broking registers and income tax 
expense

Total income

Less: Expenses

Total underlying cost to provide services and 
administrative expenses*

Inter-segment expenses**

Interest paid and other borrowing costs

Non-controlling interest

Underlying Net Profit Before Tax

30 June 2020

Australian 
Broking*** 
$’000

Australian 
Agencies 
$’000

New Zealand 
$’000

Support 
Services*** 
$’000

2,160

160,599

162,759

–

46,960

46,960

–

46,623

46,623

6,969

51,602

58,571

Total 
$’000

9,129

305,784

314,913

32,919

195,678

2,223

49,183

1,442

48,065

3,057

61,628

39,641

354,554

(118,130)

(33,333)

(31,945)

(62,920)

(246,328)

(4,630)

(1,372)

(12,456)

59,090

(2,352)

– 

(472)

13,026 

(2,147)

(750)

(1,037)

12,186 

– 

(4,584)

(2,190)

(8,066)

(9,129)

(6,706)

(16,155)

76,236 

Excludes non operation expenses, refer to preceding table for reconciliation between statutory profit and underlying profit before tax.

Segment Non-Current Assets
The total of non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets are provided in the following graphs. 
The measurement of segment non-current assets follows the accounting policies of the Group.

18%

28%

16%

2021

51%

14%

2020*

43%

19%

9%

Australian Broking

Australian Agencies

New Zealand

Support Services

Intangible assets such as Goodwill, and investment in associates have been presented within the segment the respective 
underlying operations is contained.

Disaggregated information by segment of the carrying value of associates are disclosed in Note 8.

 The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.
* 
** 
 Management fees and interest on loans are recognised as revenue within the Support services segment, and as an expense within other segments.
***  BizCover was previously included within the Australian Broking segment. From 1 July 2020 the entity’s results have been included in the Support Services 

segment and the 2020 comparative was restated for comparability.

75

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

4 

REVENUE AND EXPENSES

Revenue recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers
The Group will recognise as revenue the amount of the 
transaction price that is allocated to the performance 
obligation, excluding any amounts that are highly probable 
of significant reversal, when the performance obligation 
has been satisfied.

Australian Broking, Australian Agencies, 
and New Zealand segments

Commission, brokerage and fees
In most instances the Group receives short-term advances 
from its customers, being the receipt of the premium and 
fees on bound policies prior to due date to the insurer. Using 
the practical expedient in AASB 15, the Group does not adjust 
the consideration for the effects of a significant financing 
component if it expects, at contract inception, that the period 
between the transfer of the promised service to the customer 
and when the customer pays for that service will be one year 
or less.

Non Variable component

Policy Issuance
Commission, brokerage and fee income is generated by 
brokers primarily through assessment of insurable risks and 
risk appetite of customers and sourcing relevant insurance 
products from insurers and underwriters which meets the 
needs of the customer. For agencies services are provided 
to brokers (the customer), through assessment of risk profile 
and pricing of policies requested by brokers.

The Group recognised commissions, brokerage and fee 
revenue at invoice date on the basis that: (a) the Group 
acts primarily as an agent of the customer when acting 
in the capacity as a broker, and as an agent of the insurer 
while acting in the capacity as an agent; (b) the Group’s 
performance obligations are distinct from those of the 
insurer; and (c) the Group’s performance obligations are 
predominantly completed prior to the inception of the 
insurance policy, the invoice date is the relevant date to 
recognise the fixed components of revenue.

Claims handling
Claims handling for agencies refers to claims processing 
on behalf of insurers. In certain arrangements (separate 
contract or distinct clause within binding agreements 
with insurers) the cost per claim processed is separately 
identifiable. For such claims the revenue is recognised over 
time based on the number of claims processed and the 
percentage of completion of claims assessment in progress 
at the balance sheet date.

Variable components
The Group recognises the variable amount of revenue only to 
the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal 
of revenue will not occur when the uncertainty associated 
with the variability is resolved. 

76

Claims handling and premium settlement activities
In most arrangements for agencies, claims handling services 
forms part of the binding arrangement with insurers. Claims 
handling for brokers refers to claims preparation services 
on behalf of the insured. Premium settlement refers to post 
policy issuance activities such as payment processing and 
bordereaux/settlement reporting. 

Revenue associated with claims handling services and 
premium settlement activities is recognised over time as 
the services are provided to the customer and variable 
consideration is constrained to reflect potential cancellations.

Premium Funding Commissions
Premium funding companies provide services to a similar 
customer base as the brokers within the Group. The services 
provided by these companies involve short term lending of 
the upfront Gross Written Premium (‘GWP’) in return for the 
principal loan repaid over the term of the insurance cover 
plus interest and fees. 

The Group receives commission from Premium Funding 
companies on successful referral of customers contingent 
on the customer’s ongoing repayments. Additionally, the 
Group receives commissions payments on volume based 
incentives provided typically as a percentage of GWP based 
on hurdle targets, with a minimum floor to generate the 
volume based incentive payments. Such arrangements exist 
at both the Group and individual broker level, subsequently 
the outcome of broker/ agencies may be contingent on 
both future sale volume and performance of related entities 
contributing to the scheme.

The Premium Funding Commission is recognised monthly by 
the Group on receipt of cash or notification by the Premium 
Funding Company on the commission due to the Group. No 
component of the commission is deferred as no ongoing 
obligation exists for the Group.

Profit Commissions
Profit Commissions refer to the share of profits provided to 
the broker or agencies by the insurer in relation to the book 
of policies (the ‘book’) bound by the broker or agency in any 
given underwriting year. Insurers calculate the profit based 
on the GWP less any cost incurred to maintain the book and 
satisfy its obligations under the policies within the book such 
as claim acquisition, and maintenance costs. The variable 
consideration is contingent on the performance of the book 
and in particular the quantum of claims.

The Group recognises profit commission at the earlier of:

 – receipt of payment;
 – receipt of the insurers’ advice of the amount earned; or
 – where the recipient is an agency who administers the 

related claims handling services, the point at which the 
profit commission no longer contains a highly probable 
risk of significant reversal of revenue.

Future years profit commissions could be impacted if 
the loss ratio increases compared to prior years due to 
COVID-19. There has been no material known impacts 
to profit commissions in the current financial year.

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

4 

REVENUE AND EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

Support Services segment

Fees
Fee revenue earned is recognised upon issue of an invoice for services rendered, plus an accrual for a percentage of completion 
of any work in progress (including a profit margin), which has yet to be invoiced, but for which the Group has an enforceable right 
of payment. No ongoing performance obligation exists after the issuance of the invoice.

Other Revenue
Other income is recognised when the service has been performed and the right to receive the payment is established.

Management fees from related entities
Management fees and other revenue are recognised over time as the performance obligation is satisfied.

Interest income
Interest income is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method.

Dividends and Distributions from trusts
Dividends and distributions from trusts are recognised when the shareholder’s right to receive the payment is established.

Share of profits of associates
The Group recognises its share of profits of associates using the equity accounted method, being the recognition of a post- tax 
share of profits at the Group’s economic interest of each associate. The share of profits excludes any fair value changes or 
impairments incurred within the associate as a result of a downstream transaction such as bolt on acquisitions or changes in 
control. Additionally, differences between the Group and entity accounting policies are adjusted at the Group level, primarily 
in relation to intangibles recognised by the acquirer (i.e. the Group) which were not recognised at the associate level. The 
amortisation of such intangibles over its useful life (generally 10 years) is separately disclosed.

a.   Revenue from contracts with customers

Commission, brokerage and fee Income

  Management fees from related entities

Other revenue

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Recognised at a point in time

Recognised over time

b.  Other income

Dividends from other persons/corporations

Interest income from related parties

Interest from other persons/corporations

Total other income

 Dividends are recognised at a point of time, whilst interest is recognised over time in 
accordance with contractual terms.

c.   Share of Associates’ Profit 

Share of Associates Profit After Tax but Before Amortisation 

Amortisation of intangibles – Associates

Total share of profit of associates

Share of profit of associates are recognised using the equity accounted method.

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

296,068 

287,559 

12,273 

4,997 

313,338 

255,821 

57,517 

–

203 

827 

1,030 

11,417 

4,480 

303,456 

215,534 

87,922 

–

762 

1,566 

2,328 

44,219 

(6,891)

37,328 

33,437 

(3,866)

29,571 

77

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

4 

REVENUE AND EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

Expenses

Expenses
Expenses including salaries and wages, business technology and software costs, insurance, advertising and marketing, and 
interest are recognised as incurred or as services are provided to the Group.

Salary related statutory obligations such as long service leave is accrued on a probability weighted basis to the vesting date. 
Assumptions are applied in relation to annual and long service leave with respect to expected wage growths and risk free 
discount rates over the next 10 years.

Amortisation of broker registers are conducted on a straight line basis over the useful life of the asset, generally 10 years.

Amortisation of Right of Use Asset is made on a straight line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful 
life of the underlying asset. The Right of Use Asset incorporates fixed rental increases, with changes based on indexes and 
rental market reviews incorporated when such changes are known. The Group applies practical expedients in relation to short 
term (less than 12 months) and low value (less than $7,000 AUD) leases. Such leases are recognised on a straight line basis 
of the expected gross expense over the term of the lease.

Depreciation/Amortisation of all other assets are recognised on a straight line basis over the useful life of the asset, refer to Note 
25 for more details.

Commission expenses are sub agent and referral fees paid to another party in return for introductory services on insurances 
brokered by the Group. The expense is recognised in full when the related insurance policy is invoiced. For broking entities 
typically, they are the principal in the arrangement and as such the commission income and expense are not offset. For 
agencies and in some arrangements for broking entities the commission is recognised in net as the entity was determined 
to be an agent in the arrangement.

Legal fees/acquisition costs are recognised as they are incurred except in relation to acquisition of a non-financial asset, 
borrowing facility, or associates. The costs that are directly attributable to bringing the asset to its intended use are capitalised 
and depreciated over the useful life of the asset. The costs directly attributable to obtaining funding are capitalised and 
amortised over the term of the facility to a maximum of 5 years. The cost directly attributable to acquisition of an associate 
is capitalised as part of the carrying value of the associate.

Further disclosures in relation in relation to non-operating gains and losses such as fair value adjustments to carrying value 

or gains/losses from sale are made in the indicated Notes 7-9.

d.  Expenses

Salaries and wages

Business technology and software costs*

Commission expense

Amortisation/impairment of right of use asset and rent expense

Amortisation of broking registers

Amortisation of capitalised project costs*

Depreciation

Insurance

Advertising, marketing and travel costs

Consulting, accounting, and audit fees

Legal fees/acquisition costs 

Share based payments

Other expenses

2021
$’000

Restated 
2020*
$’000

166,601

165,431 

14,783 

14,151 

12,176 

9,530 

281 

3,142 

9,367 

7,763 

6,660 

1,743 

1,126

13,328

11,454 

12,040 

16,196 

7,266 

260 

3,377 

7,411 

10,420 

5,623 

2,811 

455 

16,113 

Total cost to provide services and administrative expenses

260,651 

258,857 

e.  Finance costs

Interest paid and other borrowing costs

Interest unwind on lease liability

Interest unwind on put option liability

Total finance costs

6,225

1,178 

215 

7,618

6,706 

1,470 

353 

8,529 

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

78

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

4 

REVENUE AND EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

f.  Adjustments to carrying value

 Adjustments to carrying value of entities (to fair value) on the date they became controlled 
entities (see Note 7 (a)) 

Adjustment to contingent consideration on acquisitions

Remeasurement of put option liability

Impairment charge relating to the carrying value of associates and goodwill (see Note 14)

Total adjustments to carrying value

g. 

 Profit from sale or dilution of interests in associates, sale of controlled entities and broking 
portfolios

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

3,851 

416 

(5,372)

(3,000)

(4,105)

2,862 

541 

4,214 

(5,827)

1,790 

Profit/(loss) on sale of controlled entities leading to deconsolidation (Note 7(b))

Disposal costs on sale of controlled entities (see Note 7 (b))

 Profit/(loss) from sale or dilution of interests in associates, controlled entities and broking 
portfolios

 Total profit/(loss) from sale or dilution of interests in associates, controlled entities and 
broking portfolios

23,620 

(2,232)

(4,700)

–

1,493 

1,961 

22,881 

(2,739)

INCOME TAX

5 
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from 
or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the year end date as presented in the Statement of Financial Position. 

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the date of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except:

 – when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable 
comprehensive income; or

 – when the taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint 

ventures, and the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. No deferred tax liability has been recognised in respect of any 
potential profit on the disposal of an associate or controlled entity by the Group as there is no intention of disposing of 
these assets in the foreseeable future. Any tax liability will be recognised before the date of asset’s disposal, when it is 
considered probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary 
differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

 – when the deductible temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 
a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable comprehensive 
income; or

 – when the deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint 

ventures, in which case a deferred tax asset is only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary difference 
will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be 
utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each year end date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each year end date and are recognised to the extent that it has 
become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is 
realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the year-end 
date as presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same 
taxation authority.

79

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

5 

INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Tax consolidation
For the purposes of income taxation, AUB Group Limited (AUB) entered into a Consolidated Tax Group with its 100% owned 
subsidiaries. Tax consolidation results in the controlled entity members being treated as part of the Head Company for tax 
purposes rather than as a separate taxpayer. The Income Tax Assessment Act (1997) provides that the Consolidated Tax Group 
is to be treated as a single entity for Australian tax purposes with the Head Company responsible for the tax payable. AUB 
formally notified the Australian Taxation Office of its adoption of the tax consolidation regime.

The Consolidated Tax Group was formalised by entering into tax sharing and tax funding agreements in order to allocate income 
tax payable to group members. Each member of the group calculates tax expense on an entity basis. The agreement also 
provides that AUB carries forward tax funding assets or tax funding liabilities for which an intercompany loan is recognised 
between the parties.

Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group
Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides for the 
allocation of current taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their accounting profit for the period, 
while deferred taxes are allocated to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with the principles of AASB 112 
Income Taxes. Allocations under the tax funding agreement are made at the end of each quarter.

Effective Tax Rate
AUB Group is conscious of its social responsibility to pay corporate taxes. The Group’s effective Australian corporate tax rate for 
30 June 2021 was 30.30% (2020: 30.51%). The information reported by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) (as prescribed by 
statute) in respect of corporate tax entities will not necessarily provide the complete picture, particularly for organisations such 
as the AUB Group that receive the majority of its income through franked dividends.

The AUB Group consists of AUB Group Limited, the parent entity and ASX listed entity, and over 300 entities in which the parent 
has a direct or indirect economic interest.

The AUB Tax Consolidation Group (AUB TCG), comprises only AUB Group Limited (the parent entity) and its 100% wholly owned 
entities. The primary income of the AUB TCG is the receipt of franked dividend income received from the partly owned entities. 
Given tax has already been paid in respect of the franked dividends, the AUB TCG is entitled to a credit equal to that tax. That is, 
the franking credits attaching to the dividends reflect tax that has already been paid by the individual entity paying the dividends. 
While the franking credits represent tax paid, they are reflected in the income tax return of the AUB TCG as an offset against 

AUB’s gross tax, thereby reducing the amount disclosed as ‘tax payable’. The amount disclosed by the ATO in their report is after 
the franking credits have been taken into account, which does not reflect the tax paid by the Group.

a. 

i. 

Income tax expense

Major components of income tax expense are as follows:

Current income tax

Current income tax charge

Adjustment for prior years

Deferred tax credit

Origination and reversal of temporary differences*

Total income tax expense in Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income*

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

18,460 

587 

(570)

18,477 

19,261 

(186)

(7,900)

11,175 

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

80

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

5 

ii. 

INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

  A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit before income tax multiplied by the 
company’s applicable income tax rate is as follows:

Profit before income tax

At the company’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2020: 30%)

Impact of:

Equity accounted income/distributions from entities operating as trusts

Gains/losses on sale

Adjustments to carrying value (see Note 4(f))

Tax losses not recognised

Benefit of tax losses not previously recognised

Income taxed at different tax rates on overseas operations

(Over)/under provision prior year

Other non deductible expenses

2021
$’000

102,203 

30,661 

(9,246)

(3,360)

1,232 

–

(1,791)

(95)

587 

489 

Restated 
2020*
$’000

67,020 

20,106 

(9,880)

708 

(537)

477 

– 

(116)

(186)

603 

Income tax expense reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

18,477 

11,175 

b.  Deferred income tax 
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities are netted where arising within the same tax payer and to the same tax authority and 
expected to unwind in the same period.

i. 

Movement in deferred income tax during the year relates to the following: 

Unamortised broking registers (and other intangibles)

Non assessable income

Accrued expenses and provisions

PPE & ROU tax timing differences

Carry forward capital losses

Carry forward operating losses

Other

Netting of deferred taxes (arising within same tax consolidated  
group or entity)

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)*

Assets

2021
$’000

– 

– 

2020
$’000

– 

– 

14,857 

13,902 

2,761 

133 

1,794 

105 

1,664 

2,250 

1,549 

86 

Liabilities

2021
$’000

(15,007)

(4,527)

2020
$’000

(15,317)

(4,565)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(471)

(312)

(5,076)

14,574 

(4,195)

15,256 

5,076 

4,195 

(14,929)

(15,999)

 Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

ii. 
Deferred tax assets for tax losses incurred are recognised to the extent that the Group expects the carry forward losses to be 
utilised in the future. Deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses not recognised at 30 June 2021 was $1.24m (2020: 
$1.24m). Deferred tax assets arising from unused capital losses not recognised at 30 June 2021 was $nil (2020: $1.79m).

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

81

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)/DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED

6 
Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing 
equity (other than dividends), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element. 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the parent, adjusted for:

 – the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised as 

expenses; and

 – other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses during the period that would result from the dilution of potential 

ordinary shares;

 – divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

a. 
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

Net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

70,621

46,984

2021
Thousands
Shares

2020
Thousands
Shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share

74,266 

73,724 

Effect of dilution:

Weighted average number of shares adjusted for shares under option that  
would have been issued if exercised

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)*

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)*

222 

74,488 

95.09 

94.81 

172 

73,896 

63.74 

63.59 

b.  Changes in weighted average number of shares
There have been no significant transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly 
change the number of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of 
completion of these financial statements.

Information on the classification of securities

c. 
Options granted to employees as described in Note 19 are considered to be potential ordinary shares and have been included 
in the determination of the diluted earnings per share to the extent they are dilutive. These options have not been included in 
the determination of the basic earnings per share. The amount of the dilution of these options is the average market price of 
ordinary shares during the year minus the exercise price.

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

82

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

6 

EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)/DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED

d. 

Equity dividends on ordinary shares

Dividends paid or recognised as a liability during the year

Final franked dividend for financial year ended 30 June 2019: 32.5 cents 

Interim franked dividend for financial year ended 30 June 2020 14.5 cents (payment was deferred 
to 3 September 2020) 

Final franked dividend for financial year ended 30 June 2020: 35.5 cents 

Interim franked dividend for financial year ended 30 June 2021 16.0 cents

Total dividends paid/provided in current year

In addition to the above, dividends paid to non-controlling interests totalled $13.65m (FY20:$8.37m).

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

–

–

26,206 

11,903 

38,109 

23,888 

10,701 

– 

– 

34,589 

Dividends proposed and not recognised as a liability

Final franked dividend for financial year ended 30 June 2020: 35.5 cents 

– 

26,206 

Final franked dividend for financial year ended 30 June 2021: 39.0 cents

Dividends paid and accrued per share (cents per share)

Dividends determined per share (cents per share) not recognised at balance date

Franking credit balance

e. 
The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year are:

29,017 

29,017 

55.00 

39.00 

–

26,206 

50.00 

35.50 

 franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (2020: 30%)

47,818 

38,630 

– 

– 

 franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable as at the end of the 
financial year

The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods

– 

 impact on the franking account of dividends proposed or determined before the financial report 
was authorised for issue but not recognised as a distribution to equity holders during the year

The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods after payment of dividend

The tax rate at which paid dividends have been franked is 30% (2020: 30%).

Dividends proposed and accrued will be franked at the rate of 30% (2020: 30%).

(61)

47,757 

(12,436)

35,321 

2,966 

41,596 

(15,817)

25,779 

83

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

7 

 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING LOSS OF CONTROL

a.  Business combinations
A major strategy of the Group is to acquire part ownership in insurance broking, agency and other complementary services 
businesses or portfolios. The terms of these acquisitions vary in line with negotiations with individual vendors but are structured 
to achieve the Group’s benchmarks for return on investment. 

The business combinations referred to below relate to insurance broking and agency businesses in Australia except TLC Limited 
which operates within and was incorporated in New Zealand.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations. Consideration transferred is measured 
as the fair value of the assets given, shares issued or liabilities assumed at the date of exchange. All acquisition costs including 
legal fees are charged against profits to acquisition and legal fees (see Note 4(d)) as incurred except stamp duty which is 
recognised in income tax expense (see Note 5) as incurred.

An estimate is made of the fair value of the future contingent consideration. Any variation to this amount in future periods 
(either up or down) is recognised through the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Over accruals are recognised 
as income in the year the amount is reversed and any under accruals are charged as an expense against profits. Contingent 
considerations are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Refer to Refer to Note 2.1d and 
Note 15 for further information on measurement and critical assumptions.

When a business combination occurs, the acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at their fair value at the 
date of the exchange transaction to determine the amount of any goodwill associated with the transaction. Any previously 
held interests of the acquiree is remeasured to fair value, with the movement reflected in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income as either a profit or loss. If new information becomes available within one year of acquisition about the 
facts and circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition, then any revisions to the fair value previously recognised, will 
be retrospectively adjusted.

Non-Controlling Interest is initially measured at fair value.

When the Group increases their interest in a company leading to the Group obtaining control in the company the Group 
derecognises the investment in associate and recognises the acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities measured at their 
fair value in line with other business combinations. The shares held immediately preceding the Group obtaining control is 
remeasured based on the implicit value of the shares acquired, resulting in a fair value gain or loss. The cumulative amount 
recognised through Other Comprehensive Income is reclassified to profit or loss when the control assumption changes.

Where there is a change in ownership and the Group loses control, the gain or loss will be recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income and the carrying value of non-controlling interests is derecognised. 

Change in the ownership interest in a controlled entity (without loss of control) is accounted for as a transaction with owners 
in their capacity as owners and these transactions will not give rise to a gain or loss in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

Refer to Note 9 for all transactions between owners.

a. 

  i.  During the current period, the following transactions occurred:
 – Effective 1 August 2020, the Group acquired 73.2% of Experien Insurance Services Pty Limited for $17.15m ($12.07m 
in cash, and $5.60m in Company shares). The agreement contained put options exercisable after 3 years. A total put 
option liability of $6.85m was recognised in relation to both put options covering all non-controlling interests. 
This was booked directly against the Put Option Reserve and resulted in $nil impact on the comprehensive income on 
initial recognition. Refer to Note 15 for further information on Put Options.

 – Effective 26 November 2020, a controlled entity of the Group acquired a further 30% of Fleetsure for $5.50m increasing 

its shareholding to 80%. A $3.85m fair value gain on step up was recognised on obtaining control of Fleetsure.

 – Effective 1 December 2020, a controlled entity of the Group acquired 100% (AUB’s effective interest of 52.3%) of 360 
Investments Pty Ltd and its controlled entities and associates (360) through a share swap with 360’s vendors and 
$19.52m in cash consideration. 

The above acquisitions have been provisionally accounted for as the initial accounting for the business combinations are 
incomplete at the reporting date. The accounting is expected to be completed within 12 months of the acquisition date.

84

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

7 

 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING LOSS OF CONTROL (CONTINUED)

Business Acquired

Experien Insurance Services Pty Ltd

Bestmark Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

Fleetsure Pty Ltd*

360 Investments Pty Ltd

TLC Insurance Limited 

All other transactions

Transaction date(s)

01-Aug-20

01-Sep-20

26-Nov-20; 01-Dec-20

01-Dec-20

01-Apr-21

Various

Total consideration attributed to all additional interests acquired

Less contingent/deferred consideration

Less shares issues by the Company 

Less shares issued by a subsidiary of the Group

Less cash acquired

Payments for acquisition of consolidated entities, net of cash acquired

Goodwill and identifiable intangibles arising on acquisition related to the Group

Goodwill and identifiable intangibles arising on acquisition relating to  
non-controlling interests

Total Goodwill and identifiable intangibles arising on acquisition

Net increase in non-controlling interests

2020
%

–

–

50.0

–

–

Various

2021
%/$‘000

73.2

84.9

41.8

52.3

67.0

Various

114,281

(7,072)

(5,604)

(63,334)

(24,835)

13,436 

73,773

61,109

134,882

80,045

*  

The Group’s effective shareholding in the entity is less than 50%, but the Group assessed it still has control, as a subsidiary of the Group has more than 50% 
interest and rights in the entity.

The total Revenue and Net Profit After Tax recognised during the financial year ended 30 June 2021 in relation to the current 
period acquisitions were $28.50m, and $5.57m respectively. Had the entities been acquired at the beginning of the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021, the Revenue and Net Profits would have been $45.64m and $6.91m respectively. 

A summary of the initial recognition of 360 Investments Pty Ltd and its controlled entities and associates are as follows:

360 Investments Pty Ltd
$’000

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents - Trust

Receivables

Intangibles and other

Property, plant and equipment

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Payables and provisions

Borrowings 

Deferred tax liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets 

Less Non-controlling interests

NET ASSETS ATTRIBUTABLE TO PARENT ENTITY

Cash paid

New shares issued by a subsidiary

Total purchase price

Goodwill arising on acquisition relating to the Group

Goodwill arising on acquisition relating to non-controlling interests

Total Goodwill arising on acquisition

3,886 

16,207 

3,742 

2,300 

614 

26,749 

21,281 

1,003 

29 

22,313 

4,436 

3,476 

960 

19,521 

60,479 

80,000 

37,638 

41,402 

79,040 

The investment in 360 comprises businesses within the Australian agencies segment. The acquisition increases the Group’s 
capability and is expected to improve operating efficiencies as a result of the increased economies of scale within the Australian 
agency group of businesses.

85

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

7 

 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING LOSS OF CONTROL (CONTINUED)

ii. During the previous year, the following transactions occurred:

a. 
Effective 1 April 2020, AUB Group Limited acquired a further 50% of voting shares in WRI Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd (WRI) for 
$5.00m increasing its shareholding to 100%. On this date WRI and its controlled entities became controlled entities of the Group. 

Loss of Control

b. 
When a 100% disposal occurs the Group derecognises all assets and liabilities previously recognised in relation to the disposed 
entity including associated goodwill. A gain or loss is recognised in relation to the disposal based on the difference between the 
carrying value of net assets (including goodwill) associated with the entity and the sale price.

When a partial disposal occurs leading to the Group losing control of the entity, the Group derecognises all assets and liabilities 
previously recognised in relation to the disposed entity including associated goodwill with an investment in associate recognised 
in relation to the remaining interest continued to be held by the Group. A gain or loss is recognised in relation to the disposal 
based on the difference between the share (portion of interest being disposed) of net assets (including goodwill) associated 
with the entity and the sale price.

i. During the current period, the following transactions occurred: 

b. 
On 31 March 2021, the Group disposed all of its interest in Altius Group Holdings Pty Ltd for $51.76m for cash, with no deferred 
or contingent consideration. On that date Altius ceased to be a controlled entity. An after tax profit on sale of $20.34m was 
recognised. Costs of disposal attributable to the sale of $2.23m was recognised in the comprehensive incomes, see Note 4(g). 
A charge to comprehensive income of $5.37m was also recognised on re-measurement of the put option liability in relation to 
the Altius non-controlling interest, refer to Note 15. Furthermore, during the year but prior to the sale the Group increased its 
shareholding resulting in a cost of $3.50m recognised directly in retained earnings as a transaction between owners (refer to 
Note 9). In total the resulting series of transactions will increase equity attributed to the shareholders of the Group by $9.24m 
at balance date.

Business Disposed

Altius Group Holdings Pty Ltd

All other transactions

b. 

ii. During the previous period, the following transactions occurred:

Business Disposed

Austbrokers Central Coast Pty Ltd

Allied Health Australia Pty Ltd

Transaction 
date(s)

31-Mar-21

2021
%/$‘000

0.0

2020
%

56.9

Various

Various

Various

Transaction 
date(s)

01-Feb-20

01-Apr-20

2020
%/$‘000

0.0

0.0

2019
%

80.0

60.0

86

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

7 

 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING LOSS OF CONTROL (CONTINUED)

Carrying value of assets and liabilities on the date of deconsolidation  
of Altius:

ASSETS

Cash 

Receivables

Property plant and equipment

Right of use asset

Intangibles

Deferred tax asset

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Payables and provisions

Lease liability

Borrowings

Income tax provision

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

Less Non controlling interest on date of deconsolidation

NET ASSETS ATTRIBUTABLE TO PARENT ENTITY

Total carrying value prior to disposal

Sale proceeds

Less: carrying value of voting shares sold 

Profit/(Loss) on deconsolidation of controlled entities before tax

Tax credit/(expense) on sale

Profit/(loss) after tax on deconsolidation of controlled entity

Other impacts

Remeasurement of Put option liability (see note 4(f))

Disposal costs on sale of controlled entities (see Note 4(g))

Transaction between owners debited to retained earnings (see note 7(b))

Net impact to equity attributed to the shareholder of the Group on deconsolidation of controlled entity

Cash outflow on acquisition/disposal is as follows:

Net cash reduction on deconsolidation of controlled entities

Cash received on disposal 

Net cash inflow on deconsolidation of controlled entities

Goodwill reduction on deconsolidation of controlled entity

Net decrease in non controlling interest on deconsolidation

2021 
Altius 
$’000

2,225 

7,946

3,035 

3,250 

39,573 

650 

56,679

6,394

3,498 

10,000 

865 

20,757

35,922 

(8,327)

27,595 

27,595 

51,764 

(27,595)

24,169 

(3,826)

20,343 

(5,372)

(2,232)

(3,503)

9,236 

(2,225)

51,764 

49,539 

39,573 

8,327 

87

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES

8 
The Group’s investments in its associates are accounted for under the equity method of accounting in the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. These are entities in which the Group has significant influence, and which are not controlled entities. 
The Group deems they have significant influence if they have more than 20% of the voting rights.

The financial statements of the associates are used by the Group to apply the equity method. The reporting dates of the 
associates and the AUB Group are identical and adjustments are made to bring into line dissimilar accounting policies used 
by associates. 

The investment in associates is carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition 
changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, less dividends and any impairment in value. The Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the associates.

Refer to Note 14 Impairment Testing of Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill. 

The Group does not remeasure the carrying value of associates on increase/decrease in interest whilst maintaining significant 
influence. On partial acquisition whilst maintaining significant influence the purchase price is added to the investment in 
associate carrying value, and on partial disposal whilst maintaining significant influence the portion of interest in the entity 
being sold is proportionately derecognised from the investment in associate carrying value. As part of impairment testing 
we consider the recent purchase/disposal prices when determining if there are indicators of impairment.

a.  During the current period, the following transactions occurred:

Entity

Increase in voting shares

Rosser Limited

BWRS (North Shore) Limited

Austbrokers Kelly Partners Pty Ltd

Longitude Insurance Pty Limited

LEA Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd*

YDR Pty Ltd

HQ Insurance Pty Ltd*

BizCover Pty Limited

Total cash consideration paid for all interest acquired

Decrease in voting shares

Insurance Advisernet Australia Pty Ltd

Insurance Advisernet Holdings Pty Ltd

JMD Ross Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

The Procare Group Pty Ltd

Total consideration received for all interest disposed

Less carrying value of shares being sold

Less Capital Gains Tax on shares being sold

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of interest

Transaction 
date(s)

30 Jun 2021 
%/$‘000

30 Jun 2020 
%/$‘000

35.7

–

–

38.8 

50.0 

–

49.7 

40.2 

47.5 

47.5 

50.0 

50.0 

01-Jul-20

01-Dec-20

01-Dec-20

01-Jan-21

01-Jan-21

01-Apr-21

01-May-21

01-Jun-21

01-Jul-20

01-Jul-20

01-Jul-20

01-Jan-21

44.7 

44.7 

50.0 

50.0 

53.4 

50.0 

57.2 

40.3 

11,231 

46.5 

46.5 

40.0 

49.3 

 2,107 

(1,303)

(279)

525

*   Whilst the Group holds more than 50% interest in the entity, the Group’s voting rights are capped at 50%, hence it was determined that the Group maintains 

significant influence and does not have control of the entity.

88

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

8 

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES (CONTINUED)

b.  During the previous period, the following transactions occurred:

Entity

Increase in investment in Associates

Rosser Underwriting Limited

Dawson Insurance Brokers (Rotorua) Ltd

Austbrokers Member Services Pty Ltd

McDonald Everest Insurance Brokers Limited

BizCover Pty Limited

Countrywide Insurance Holdings Pty Limited

Total consideration paid for all additional interest acquired

Less contingent consideration payable

Total cash consideration paid for all additional interest acquired

Decrease in investment in Associates

Austbrokers AEI Transport Pty Ltd

R.G Financial Services Pty Ltd

Insurance Advisernet Australia Pty Limited

Insurance Advisernet Holdings Pty Limited

Workers Compensation and Risk Specialists Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Affinity Pty Ltd

Gard Insurance Solutions Pty ltd

Total consideration received for all interest disposed

Less carrying value of shares being sold

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of interest 

Transaction 
date(s)

2020 
%/$‘000

01-Jul-19

01-Jul-19

01-Oct-19

01-Dec-19

01-Feb-20

01-Apr-20

01-Jul-19

01-Jul-19

01-Sep-19

01-Sep-19

01-Jan-20

31-Jan-20

01-Sep-19

35.7 

50.0 

100.0 

44.7 

40.0 

49.9 

142,027 

797 

141,230 

40.0 

–

47.5 

47.5 

–

–

–

7,891 

4,916 

2,975 

2019 
% 

22.3 

50.0 

50.0 

–

–

49.9 

50.0 

50.0 

49.9 

49.9 

40.0 

40.0 

25.0 

c.   The Group’s investment in associates ownership and carrying value at balance date is as follows:

2021
%

2020
%

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

Investments carrying value:

Australian Broking

Austbrokers ABS Aviation Pty Ltd

Austbrokers AEI Transport Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Dalby Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd 

Austbrokers Hiller Marine Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Kelly Partners Pty Ltd

Austbrokers RIS Pty Ltd

Austbrokers SPT Pty Ltd 

Austral Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd 

Bluestone Insurance Pty Ltd

Brett Grant and Associates Pty Ltd

Broker Claims Pty Ltd

Countrywide Insurance Holdings Pty Ltd

Cruden & Read Pty Ltd

Global Assured Finance Pty Ltd

HQ Insurance Pty Ltd*

Insurance Advisernet Australia Pty Ltd

Insurance Advisernet Holdings Pty Ltd

50.0 

40.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

49.9 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

47.5 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

57.2 

46.5 

46.5 

50.0 

40.0 

50.0 

50.0 

–

49.9 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

47.5 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

49.7 

47.5 

47.5 

560 

8,672 

2,597 

53 

– 

2,541 

4,537 

1,652 

– 

1,611 

– 

5,334 

70 

– 

6,653 

15,511 

511 

556 

7,893 

2,691 

–

–

2,563 

4,573 

1,632 

–

1,569 

–

5,197 

– 

– 

4,568 

15,962 

407 

*   Whilst the Group holds more than 50% interest in the entity, the Group’s voting rights are capped at 50%, hence it was determined that the Group maintains 

significant influence and does not have control of the entity.

89

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

8 

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES (CONTINUED)

Investments carrying value (continued):

Australian Broking (continued)

JMD Ross Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

KJ Risk Group Pty Ltd

Lea Insurance Broking Pty Ltd/ Lea Insurance Broking Unit Trust

Markey Group Pty Ltd

MGA Management Services Pty Ltd

Nexus (Aust) Pty Ltd

NRIG Pty Ltd

Oxley Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd/Coffs Harbour Insurance Brokers 
Unit Trust

Oxley Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd/Port Macquarie Insurance Brokers 
Unit Trust

Peter L Brown & Associates Pty Ltd

Rivers Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

SRG Group Pty Ltd 

Supabrook Pty Ltd

The Procare Group Pty Ltd 

Western United Financial Services Pty Ltd

YDR Pty Ltd

Australian Agencies

Fleetsure Pty Ltd*

Longitude Insurance Underwriting Agency Pty Ltd

Millennium Underwriting Agency Pty Ltd

Sura Professional Risks Pty Ltd

Tasman Underwriting Pty Ltd

New Zealand

BWRS (North Shore) Limited

Dawson Insurance Brokers (Rotorua) Ltd

Commercial and Rural Insurance Limited

McDonald Everest Insurance Brokers Limited

Rosser Underwriting Limited (underwriting agent)

Support Services

BizCover Pty Limited

Total carrying value of associates

2021
%

2020
%

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

40.0 

49.0 

53.4 

49.9 

49.9 

50.0 

25.0 

37.5 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

49.3 

49.9 

50.0 

41.8 

50.0 

18.4 

50.0 

50.0 

44.7 

44.7 

44.7 

44.7 

44.7 

50.0 

49.0 

50.0 

49.9 

49.9 

50.0 

25.0 

37.5 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

50.0 

49.9 

– 

50.0 

38.5 

18.4 

50.0 

50.0 

– 

44.7 

44.7 

44.7 

35.7 

1,206 

1,628 

5,748 

6,389 

23,990 

6,522 

133 

223 

– 

929 

4,853 

1,956 

585 

14,334 

2,012 

3,992 

1,343 

1,647 

5,406 

6,616 

20,728 

7,049 

78 

170 

– 

777 

4,819 

2,030 

706 

13,750 

2,085 

– 

124,802 

114,815 

–

3,376 

625 

1,477 

444 

5,922 

579 

5,042 

3,332 

2,463 

3,080 

3,781 

534 

477 

1,367 

512 

6,671 

– 

5,306 

3,418 

2,359 

2,489 

14,496 

13,572 

40.2 

40.0 

135,423 

135,983 

135,423 

135,983 

280,643 

271,041 

* 

Following a series of transactions the Group’s interest in Fleetsure Pty Ltd reduced to 41.8% (indirect) however the Group assessed it maintained 
control as it controlled another entity which in turn had control of Fleetsure (including voting rights of 80%).

90

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

8 

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES (CONTINUED)

Other information in respect of associated entities which carry on business directly or through 
controlled entities:
i. 

 The principal activity of each associate is insurance broking, except for associates owned by Austagencies Pty Ltd and 
Rosser Underwriting Limited in New Zealand which are agents for insurance underwriters and The Procare Group Pty Ltd 
which offers rehabilitation, investigation, and loss adjusting services. 

ii.  There have been no significant subsequent events affecting the associates’ profits for the period. 

iii. 

iv. 

v. 

 There have been nil impairments relating to the investment in associates during the current year. During the previous year 
there were two impairments relating to the investment in associates (see Note 4(f)).

 All associates, including unit trusts, were incorporated, or established in Australia, except for associates owned by AUB 
Group NZ Limited which is a controlled entity incorporated in New Zealand.

 BizCover Pty Limited is the Group’s only material associate. It’s registered place of business is Suite 2204, Level 22, 520 
Oxford Street, Bondi Junction, NSW 2022. Its principal place of business is Level 2, 338-340 Pitt Street, Sydney, NSW 2000.

d.  The Group’s reconciliation of its carrying value in its investment in associates are presented below:

Revenue

Operating profits before income tax

Amortisation of intangibles

Net profit before income tax

Income tax expense attributable to operating profits

Share of associates’ net profits

e. Reconciliation of carrying value of associates:

Balance at the beginning of the period

Acquisition of associates

Disposal or dilution of interest in associates

Profit on sale of associates

Reclassification of investment in associates to controlled entities

Reclassification of investment in controlled entities to associates

Share of associates’ profit after income tax 

Impairment loss on carrying value of associates

Dividends/trust distributions received

Net foreign exchange and other movements

Balance at the end of the period

f. The entity's share of the assets and liabilities of associates:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

146,919 

125,743

57,091

(6,891)

50,200

(12,872)

37,328 

271,041 

11,231 

(2,106)

804 

(3,482)

–

43,363 

(3,866)

39,497 

(9,926)

29,571 

127,453 

142,027 

(7,891)

2,975 

(2,146)

4,373 

37,328 

29,571 

– 

(378)

(34,252)

(24,400)

79 

(543)

280,643 

271,041 

234,063 

221,482 

74,712 

71,461 

(217,099)

(201,286)

(17,931)

73,745 

(20,686)

70,971 

91

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

SHARES IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES 

9 
New acquisitions of controlled entities or transactions which lead to the Group obtaining or losing control in an entity during 
the current and previous period are disclosed in Note 7. The following transactions involve transactions between owners where 
there is no change in the control assessment.

a.  During the current period, the following transactions occurred:

 –   Effective 1 August 2020 the Group acquired a further 18.5% of interest in Altius Group Pty Ltd (Altius) for $9.26m. 
As a result of the transaction, the Group’s put option liability in relation to the parcel of shares was extinguished 
resulting in a partial derecognition of $7.43m against the respective put option reserve. There was no comprehensive 
income impact as a result of the transaction. The remaining interest in Altius was disposed on 31 March 2021, refer 
to Note 7(b) for further information.

Entity

Increase in voting shares

Northlake Holdings Pty Ltd trading as Country Wide Insurance Brokers

Altius Group Pty Ltd

Comsure Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

All other transactions

Total consideration paid for all interest acquired

Less adjustment to non-controlling interest

Transfer to retained earnings on equity transactions between owners

Decrease in voting shares

CityCover (Aust) Pty Ltd

Austbrokers City State Pty Limited

All other transactions

Transaction 
date(s)

2021 
% 

2020 
% 

01-Jul-20/ 
01-Oct-20/ 
01-Dec-20

01-Aug-20

01-Sep-20

90.5 

75.4 

83.8 

65.8 

56.9 

80.0 

Various

Various

Various

21,417 

(15,013)

(6,405)

01-Sep-20

01-Feb-21

83.8 

60.0 

95.0 

70.0 

Various

Various

Various

Total consideration received for all interest disposed

Less adjustment to non-controlling interest

Less Capital Gains Tax payable

Transfer to retained earnings on equity transactions between owners

3,068 

(1,487)

(610)

971 

Other information 
i. 

 All controlled entities are incorporated in Australia except for AUB Group NZ Limited (AUBNZ) and its controlled entities 
which are incorporated in New Zealand and Colonnade Pte Ltd (Colonnade) which is incorporated in Singapore.

 Colonnade is the Group’s insurance captive. Given the size and scale of the Group including associates, certain insurable 
risks are internally manageable. 

 The non-controlling interest (NCI) of AUBNZ at balance date is $11.66m (FY20: $12.1m), with profit attributed to the minority 
(MI) of $0.76m (FY20: $1.13m). For a break down of comprehensive income of AUBNZ refer to Note 3. The NCI of AUB Three 
Sixty is $71.32m (FY20: $nil), with MI of $1.96m (FY20: $nil). No other NCI/MI is material to the Group.

ii. 

iii. 

92

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

9 

SHARES IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

b.   The Group’s shares in controlled entities ownership at balance date is as follows:

Name and Interests in controlled entities:

Australian Broking

AB Phillips Group Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Adroit Holdings Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

ABFS (NSW) Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Austbrokers Canberra Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Coast to Coast Pty Ltd and its controlled entity

Austbrokers CityState Pty Ltd and its controlled entity

Austbrokers Life Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Member Services Pty Ltd

Austbrokers RWA Pty Ltd and its controlled entity

Austbrokers Southern Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Sydney Pty Ltd and its controlled entities 

Austbrokers Trade Credit Pty Ltd

CityCover (Aust) Pty Ltd and its controlled entities (Austbrokers Comsure)

Comsure Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd and controlled entities*

Experien Insurance Services Pty Ltd

Finsura Holdings Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Austbrokers Corporate Pty Ltd and its controlled entities**

McNaughton Gardiner Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd and its controlled entity

North Coast Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd and its controlled entity

Northlake Holdings Pty Ltd (Country Wide Insurance Brokers WA)

Terrace Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd and controlled entity

The Insurance Alliance Pty Ltd

WRI Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

Australian Agencies

Austagencies Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

New Zealand

AUB Group NZ Limited and its controlled entities

Support Services — Australia

Altius Group Holdings Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Adept Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd and its controlled entity

AEI Holdings Pty Ltd/AEI Insurance (Brokers) Pty Ltd

AHL Insurance Brokers (Aust) Pty Ltd

AUB Group Business Centre Pty Ltd 

AUB Group Services Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Investments Pty Ltd

Austbrokers Employee Share Acquisition Schemes Trust 

Austbrokers Pty Ltd

Australian Bus and Coach Underwriting Agency Pty Ltd 

Colonnade Pte Ltd

Kyros Cook & Associates Pty Ltd

Shield Underwriting Holdings Pty Ltd

Now consolidated as part CityCover (Aust) Pty Ltd.

* 
**  The entity changed its name during the period, previously InterRISK Australia Pty Ltd. 

2021
%

2020
%

57.5 

100.0 

95.1 

85.0 

51.0 

60.0 

100.0 

100.0 

60.0 

80.0 

100.0 

75.0 

83.8 

83.8 

73.2 

70.0 

100.0 

70.0 

75.0 

90.5 

53.7 

100.0 

100.0 

57.5 

95.0 

95.0 

85.0 

51.0 

70.0 

100.0 

100.0 

60.0 

80.0 

100.0 

75.0 

95.0 

80.0 

–

70.0 

100.0 

70.0 

70.0 

65.8 

53.7 

– 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

89.3 

89.3 

– 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

56.9 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

– 

100.0 

100.0 

93

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

10  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents, and cash and cash equivalents - trusts (trust cash), in the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position comprise cash at bank, in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

Although there is a concentration of cash and cash equivalents held with major banks, the lifetime expected credit losses 
on cash and cash equivalents are insignificant. 

Trust cash relates to cash held for insurance premiums received from policyholders which will ultimately be paid to insurers.

Trust cash cannot be used to meet business obligations/operating expenses other than payments to underwriters and/or 
refunds to policyholders.

For the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents as defined above are shown net 
of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents - Trust 

Total Cash and cash equivalents

a.   Cashflow from operating activities

Profit after tax for the period

Equity accounted (profits) after income tax

Dividends/trust distributions received from associates

Amortisation of intangibles

Amortisation of capitalised project costs

Amortisation and impairment of Right of Use Asset

Depreciation of fixed assets

Share options expensed

Net movement in put option liability (including interest unwind)

Profit/Loss from sale of associates, controlled entities and broking portfolios

Adjustments to carrying value

Impairment charge relating to the carrying value of associates and goodwill

Remeasurement of contingent consideration

Changes in assets and liabilities

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Increase in deferred revenue from customers

Increase in trust payables

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

Decrease/(Increase) in deferred tax asset

(Decrease) in deferred tax liability

Increase in provision for tax

Net cash flows from operating activities

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

76,588 

84,374 

205,232 

158,777 

 281,820 

 243,151

2021
$’000

83,726 

(37,328)

34,252 

9,530 

281 

8,938 

3,141 

1,126 

5,587 

(22,881)

(3,851)

3,000 

(416)

(3,116)

9,505

923 

18,684 

3,198 

1,335 

(4,186)

1,138 

Restated 
2020*
$’000

55,845

(29,571)

24,400 

7,266 

260 

12,426 

3,377 

455 

(3,861)

2,739 

(2,862)

5,827 

(541)

8,807 

8,695 

653 

8,148 

(8,028)

(2,602)

(3,801)

2,477

112,586 

90,109 

Due to current year acquisitions and disposals movements above do not align to the movements in the Statement of Financial Position.

* 

The comparative period has been restated as result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

94

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

10  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (CONTINUED)

b.  Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
Listed below are the disclosure requirements in respect of the changes in the liabilities arising from financing activities, including 
both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash changes (such as foreign exchange gains or losses).

Year ended 30 June 2021

1 July 
2020
$’000

Cash flows
$’000

Foreign 
exchange 
movement
$’000

New 
Acquisitions
$’000

New 
consolidated 
entity/
deconsolidation
$’000

Other
$’000

30 June 
2021
$’000

Current interest bearing loans and 
borrowings (excluding items listed below)

Current lease liability

Current hire purchase contracts

10,095 

8,224 

807 

421 

(408)

(57)

(8)

(5)

–

Non current interest bearing loans and 
borrowings (excluding items listed below) 220,067 

(10,490)

(235)

Unsecured Loan Other

Non current lease liability

202 

15 

21,443 

(8,938)

Non current hire purchase contracts

599 

(135)

(1)

(8)

–

– 

872 

–

–

–

6,876 

–

Total liabilities from financing activities

261,437 

(19,591)

(258)

7,748 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,508 

(897)

7,786 

–

750 

(8,997) 200,345 

–

216 

(1,293)

18,080 

–

464 

(11,187)

238,149 

Year ended 30 June 2020

1 July 
2019
$’000

Cash flows
$’000

Foreign 
exchange 
movement
$’000

New 
Acquisitions
$’000

New 
consolidated 
entity/
deconsolidation
$’000

Other
$’000

30 June 
2020
$’000

Current interest bearing loans and 
borrowings (excluding items listed below)

Current lease liability

Current hire purchase contracts

18,470 

10,467 

373 

(8,466)

(3,891)

434 

– 

– 

– 

Non current interest bearing loans and 
borrowings (excluding items listed below)

85,115 

135,689 

(737)

Unsecured Loan Other

Non current lease liability

102 

100 

26,720 

(5,277)

Non current hire purchase contracts

415 

184 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,648 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total liabilities from financing activities

141,662 

118,773 

(737)

1,648 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

91

10,095 

–

– 

8,224 

807 

–  220,067 

– 

– 

– 

202 

21,443 

599 

91

261,437 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

11 
Trade and other receivables which generally have 30 day credit terms, are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost.

The Group recognises amounts due from customers in relation to uncollected fees and commissions due to the Group for services 
rendered, adjusted for the expected credit loss.

Amounts due from premium funding operations include amounts due from policyholders in respect of insurances arranged 
by a controlled entity. These arrangement with policyholders has repayment terms up to 12 months from policy inception. 
The individual funding arrangements are used to pay insurers. Should policyholders’ default under the premium funding 
arrangement, the insurance policy is cancelled by the insurer and a refund issued which is credited against the amount due. 
The Group’s credit risk exposure in relation to these receivables is limited to commissions and fees charged plus any additional 
interest charged under the premium funding arrangement.

Other receivables - loan receivables and short term intercompany funding to related entities.

95

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED)

11 
The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate 
cash flows. The business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the 
financial assets, or both. Financial assets classified and measured at amortised cost are held within a business model with the 
objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows.

A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised 
when:

a.  the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;
b.  the Group retains the right to receive cash flows from the asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full without 

material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; or

c.  the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the 

risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset 
but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset and has neither transferred or retained 
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognised to the extent of 
the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred 
asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration received 
that the Group could be required to repay.

For Trade receivables and Other receivables, an allowance is made for anticipated losses based upon historical information, 
adjusted for forward-looking information, and specific credit information of counterparties where available.

Amounts overdue more than 30 days are assumed to have a significant increase in credit risk. Amounts due from customers 
on broking/agency operations are generally cancelled after 90 days (60 days overdue, assumed default date) in line with binding 
agreements.

Based on historical records on other loans and receivables, debts overdue by 90 days have a significant risk of default, as such 
debts overdue by 90 days are assumed to be in default by the Group, and the net (of expected credit losses) receivable reduced 
to the expected recoverable amount (taking into consideration any collateral or security associated with the debt) less costs 
of recoveries. 

Expected Credit Losses (ECL) using the lifetime- simplified approach are recorded on receivables, including trade and other 
receivables, interest-bearing loan assets, investments and other financial assets. The Group applies the simplified approach 
to its trade receivables, and measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

For amounts due from customers of broking/ agency operations and amounts due from clients in respect of premium funding 
operations, an allowance is made for anticipated lapses and cancellations based upon historical information, adjusted for 
forward-looking information. 

The provision for lapses 5.0% (2020: 5.0%) provides an amount for expected cancellations and loss of commissions and fees 
(amounts due from broking/agency operations, debtors) based on Group wide historic data. Australian Agencies provision at 
50% for debtors over 90 days, and 100% for debtors over 120 days in line with their binding arrangements to generally cancel 
policies past due by 90 days. As a result of the current economic conditions and its impact on the industry we have considered 
forward looking adjustments as follows:

1. 

2. 
3. 

 Determine high risk sectors: A number of sectors were identified including hospitality, retail, construction, landscape, 
recruitment services, etc.
 Determine exposure: to high risk sectors across the Group.
 Critical assumptions: For those high risk sectors we have increased our ECL rate to 20% based on lead indicators. For all other 
sectors given broader economic conditions and the flow on impacts an adjustment of 0.5% was made.

The prior year increase in ECL is mainly attributable to COVID-19. There continues to be higher provisioning than would ordinarily 
exist. Factors described in Note 2.1(d) have heightened the risk of default in certain industry sectors and customer segments.

Commercial loans to controlled entities and associates are secured over the shares of the non AUB Group shareholders of the 
lendee company. Other related party loans are generally provided for purchase of shares in a controlled entity or associate 
to a related party, where the shares acquired forms collateral in the loan deed. All other loans and receivables, including 
intercompany and short term loans to controlled entities and associates are unsecured. The valuation of shares held as security 
exceed the total loans receivable for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020.

96

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

11 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED)

As at 30 June 2021

Due not later 
than 6 months
$’000

6 months to 
no later than 
1 year
$’000

Later than 
1 year and 
not later than 
5 years
$’000

Later than 
5 years/
No maturity
$’000

Trade receivables

Amount due from customers on broking/ agency 
operations

Amount due from clients in respect of premium 
funding 

Related party receivables

Other receivables

22,024 

37,582 

1,342 

1,022 

960 

– 

–

1,151 

–

–

Total trade and other receivables 

62,930 

1,151 

–

–

–

3,485 

47 

3,532 

–

–

–

–

–

–

As at 30 June 2020

Due not later 
than 6 months
$’000

6 months to 
no later than 
1 year
$’000

Later than 
1 year and 
not later than 
5 years
$’000

Later than 
5 years/
No maturity
$’000

Trade receivables

Amount due from customers on broking/agency 
operations

Amount due from clients in respect of premium 
funding 

Related party receivables

Other receivables

Total trade and other receivables 

26,583 

32,151 

2,099

3,359 

– 

64,192

138 

– 

1,221

3,126 

– 

4,485

207 

– 

– 

111

–

318 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total
$’000

22,024 

37,582 

2,493 

4,507 

1,007 

67,613 

Total
$’000

26,928 

32,151 

3,320 

6,596 

–

68,995 

ECL allowance included in trade and other receivables (current) above using the 12 month simplified approach as follows:

Opening balance 1 July

ECL from acquisition of a controlled entity

ECL derecognised on deconsolidation of a controlled entity 

Movements during the year

Total Expected Credit Loss

30-Jun-21 
$’000

30-Jun-20 
$’000

2,840

1

(88)

39 

2,792

1,293

154

–

1,393

2,840

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

97

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

LEASES

12 
The Group has entered into leases for premises, car parking and fixed assets for varying periods of up to seven years. The lease 
contracts are recognised on the balance sheet at commencement of the lease, with the exception of short-term leases not 
exceeding 12 months and leases of low-value assets. The Group applied practical expedients and the exemptions to short-term 
leases and low-value underlying assets available in the accounting standard.

Pursuant to some of its lease agreements, the Group has the option to renew the lease for a period of up to ten years. The Group 
has no restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases. The Group applies judgement and considers all relevant 
factors in assessing whether it is reasonably certain to exercise an option. This assessment is performed periodically, and when 
the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the duration of a lease, that option is then taken into account in 
calculating or recalculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 

The table below outlines the movement in the Group’s Right of use asset and lease liabilities for property and car parking. 
The Group had no leases for Plant and Equipment which did not meet the short term or low value exemptions.

The Group continues to assess the mobility of its work force and where practical the Group has consolidated its offices. 
During the current and previous year, the Group sub leased a premises, derecognising the Right of Use asset and immediately 
recognising a Lease Net Investment asset representing the net present value of all future net cash flows expected from the sub 
lease. Any gain or loss was charged against comprehensive income.

Balance at the beginning of the period

Additions during the period

Impairment of LNI or ROU assets

Disposals and transfers during the period

Total right-of-use asset/lease liability

Sub lease proceeds/depreciation/lease principal payments during 
the period

Net carrying value at the end of the period

Balance at the beginning of the period

Additions during the period

Impairment of LNI or ROU assets

Disposals and transfers during the period

Total right-of-use asset/lease liability

Year ended 30 June 2021

Lease Net 
Investment 
(LNI)
$’000

Right of 
Use Asset 
(ROU)
$’000

3,305 

1,299 

(156)

– 

4,448 

(279)

4,169 

23,546 

10,853 

(745)

(6,122)

27,532 

(8,038)

19,494 

Lease 
Liability
$’000

29,667 

10,908 

–

(5,350)

35,225 

(9,359)

25,866 

Year ended 30 June 2020

Lease Net 
Investment 
(LNI)
$’000

Right of 
Use Asset 
(ROU)
$’000

– 

3,305 

– 

– 

37,187 

2,302 

(2,550)

(3,517)

Lease 
Liability
$’000

37,187 

2,302 

– 

645 

3,305 

33,422 

40,134 

Net
$’000

(2,816)

1,244 

(901)

(772)

(3,245)

1,042 

(2,203)

Net
$’000

– 

3,305 

(2,550)

(4,162)

(3,407)

Sub lease proceeds/depreciation/lease principal payments during 
the period

– 

(9,876)

(10,467)

591 

Net carrying value at the end of the period

3,305 

23,546 

29,667 

(2,816)

98

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

12 

LEASES (CONTINUED)

AASB 16 Lease Liabilities (discounted)

Not later than one year

Current Lease Liabilities

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

Non Current Lease Liabilities

Total Lease Liabilities

2021
$’000

7,786 

7,786 

17,774 

306 

18,080 

25,866 

2020
$’000

8,224 

8,224 

20,648 

795 

21,443 

29,667 

Set out in the table below are the amounts recognised during the period in Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
resulting from the Group’s leases:

Amortisation expense of right-of-use asset

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Impairment of the Right of Use Asset and Onerous Lease Expense

Short-term lease expense

Low-value lease expense

Variable lease payments and other lease expenses

Total recognised in comprehensive income

13 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

2021
$’000

8,038

1,178 

901 

1,190

120 

1,927 

2020
$’000

9,876 

1,470 

2,550 

1,842 

138 

1,790 

13,354

17,666 

Capitalised project costs
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled 
by the Group are recognised as intangible assets where the following criteria are met:

it is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use;

i. 
ii.  management intends to complete the software and use or sell it;
iii.  there is an ability to use or sell the software;
iv. 
v.  adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software are available, 

it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits; and

and the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of the software including eligible employee costs and an appropriate 
portion of relevant overheads. 

Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point at which the asset is ready 
for use.

Research expenditure and development expenditure that do not meet the criteria above are recognised as an expense as 
incurred. Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period. 

Assessments are made on a project by project basis on the expected life of the intangible with a maximum useful life of 5 years 
adopted by the Group.

Costs associated with maintaining software programs and Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) are recognised as an expense as 
incurred. For the Group’s policy on SaaS arrangements refer to Note 25. 

99

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

13 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (CONTINUED)

Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the acquirer’s 
interest in the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, goodwill is 
measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is not amortised. 

As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
combination’s synergies.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value may be impaired. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which 
the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment 
loss is recognised.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation of that unit is disposed, the goodwill associated 
with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal 
of the operation. Impairment losses recognised for goodwill are not subsequently reversed.

Intangible assets - Insurance Broking Register
Identifiable intangible assets acquired separately or in a business combination are initially measured at cost. The cost of an 
intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, 
intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment costs. Internally 
generated intangible assets are not capitalised and expenditure is charged against profits in the year in which the expenditure 
is incurred.

The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to be finite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the 
useful life, currently estimated to be 10 years (2020: 10 years) for broking portfolios/client relationships and financial services 
businesses (life risk), and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. 
The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an identifiable intangible asset with a finite useful life is reviewed at 
least at each financial year-end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic 
benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, which is a 
change in accounting estimate. The amortisation expense on identifiable intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the 
expense category of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an identifiable intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income when the asset is derecognised.

Year ended 30 June 2021

Capitalised 
project costs
$’000

Goodwill
$’000

Insurance 
broking 
registers
$’000

Total
$’000

Cost

Balance at the beginning of the year

1,867 

329,421 

98,455 

429,743 

Net addition/(disposals) not related to consolidation/
(deconsolidation)

Acquisition of controlled entities

Deconsolidation of controlled entities

Translation of foreign exchange rate movements

Total Intangibles at cost

Amortisation

Balance at the beginning of the year

(Disposals) not related to deconsolidation

Acquisition of controlled entities

Deconsolidation of controlled entities

Amortisation during the year

Impairments/write-off during the year

Translation of foreign exchange rate movements

380 

–

–

(7)

– 

129,786 

(39,573)

(393)

–

9,451 

–

(197)

380 

139,237 

(39,573)

(597)

2,240 

419,241 

107,709 

529,190 

1,420 

–

–

–

281 

–

(5)

–

–

–

–

- 

3,000 

–

45,327 

46,747 

–

–

–

9,530 

–

(40)

–

–

–

9,811 

3,000 

(45)

Total Accumulated amortisation

1,696 

3,000 

54,817 

59,513 

Summary

Net carrying amount at beginning of year

Net carrying amount at end of year

100

447 

544 

329,421 

416,241 

53,128 

52,892 

382,996 

469,677 

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

13 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (CONTINUED)

Cost

Balance at the beginning of the year

1,675 

340,910 

96,530 

439,115 

Year ended 30 June 2020*

Capitalised 
project costs
$’000

Goodwill
$’000

Insurance 
broking 
registers
$’000

Total
$’000

Net addition/(disposals) not related to consolidation/ 
(deconsolidation)

Acquisition of controlled entities

Deconsolidation of controlled entities

Translation of foreign exchange rate movements & Other

Total Intangibles at cost

Amortisation

Balance at the beginning of the year

(Disposals) not related to deconsolidation

Acquisition of controlled entities

Deconsolidation of controlled entities

Amortisation during the year

Impairments/write-off during the year

Translation of foreign exchange rate movements

Total Accumulated amortisation

Summary

Net carrying amount at beginning of year

Net carrying amount at end of year

Intangible assets are attributable to the following controlled entities:

i)  Goodwill

Austagencies Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Adroit Holdings Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

AUB Group NZ Limited and its controlled entities

Austbrokers Corporate Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Experien Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

Altius Group Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

Other controlled entities

Total Goodwill

310 

– 

(82)

(36)

1,323 

6,218 

(11,496)

(2,085)

1,032 

2,360 

(655)

(812)

2,665 

8,578 

(12,233)

(2,933)

1,867 

334,870 

98,455 

435,192 

1,202 

(4)

(12)

– 

260 

– 

(26)

1,420 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,449 

– 

5,449 

38,867 

40,069 

– 

– 

(655)

7,266 

– 

(151)

(4)

(12)

(655)

7,526 

5,449 

(177)

45,327 

52,196 

473 

447 

340,910 

329,421 

57,663 

53,128 

399,046 

382,996 

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

157,308 

39,864 

85,661 

17,545 

18,596 

–

97,267 

50,942 

39,806 

87,038 

17,307 

– 

39,573 

94,755 

416,241 

329,421 

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

8,913 

26,136 

6,347 

11,496 

52,892 

10,187 

27,695 

– 

15,246 

53,128 

ii)  Insurance Broking Registers

Adroit Holdings Pty Ltd and its controlled entities

AUB Group NZ Limited and its controlled entities

Experien Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd

Other controlled entities

Total Insurance Broking Register

Remaining amortisation period 
(years)

2021

7.0

7.5 

9.0

2020

8.0

8.5 

N/A

* 

The comparative period has been restated as a result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

101

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

14 

IMPAIRMENT

Impairment of non-financial assets other than Investment in Associates, Intangibles and Goodwill
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication 
exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable 
amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for 
an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets 
or groups of assets and the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value. In such cases the asset is 
tested for impairment as part of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs. When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-
generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down 
to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses relating 
to continuing operations are recognised in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if 
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss 
was recognised. If that is the case the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased 
amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in comprehensive income unless the asset is carried at 
revalued amount, in which case the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase. After such a reversal the depreciation charge 
is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis 
over its remaining useful life.

No such indicators were noted in the current or prior year and subsequently no impairments recorded.

Investments in Associates, Intangibles and Goodwill
The Group assesses the impairment of investments in Associates, Intangibles, and Goodwill as a significant judgement and 
material to the financial statements. 

The recoverable amount of the intangible assets and goodwill is determined based on the higher of the estimate of fair value 
of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which they relate less costs to sell and its value in use. In determining fair value, each 
controlled entity or associate is considered a separate CGU or grouped into a single CGU for impairment testing where cash 
inflows are interdependent and have similar characteristics.

The CGU represent the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 
Australian Broking entities, New Zealand entities and Support Services entities are viewed as separate CGUs at the entity level 
for impairment purposes, whilst the Australian Agency businesses have each been aggregated into a single CGU. 

To conduct impairment testing, the Group compares the carrying value with the recoverable amount of each CGU.

The recoverable amount is based on the higher of:

 – Fair value - based on maintainable earnings; or
 – Value in use - based on a discounted cash flow model. 

102

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

IMPAIRMENT (CONTINUED) 

14 
The Group conducts testing over multiple phases, throughout the year and with several layers of review:

1. 

 Half year impairment review: Review of all cash generating unit (CGU) at 31 December for indicators of review including 
qualitative questionnaires to each Group representative which has oversight of the respective CGU.

2.  Annual Impairment testing:

 – Phase I – Targeting: Fair value measurement of all CGUs and compared to carrying value as at 31 March to determine 
if any entities show a potential impairment or low headroom. Testing is conducted irrespective of any indicators of 
impairment (or lack thereof). EBITs are averaged over 3 years to consider the impact of timing differences, however 
stress testing is conducted using (1) a 5% declined in EBIT, (2) stressed multiples, and (3) a single year EBIT.

 – Phase II – Screening: Update of prior year Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) models where an entity continues to rely on a 

value in use model to support its carrying value and current year results meet or exceed prior year projections.
 – Phase III – Detailed Review: Review of entities identified in Phase I and II as having potential impairment issues 

including creation of new DCFs, supporting normalisations or plans to rectify profitability concerns. 

 – Phase IV – Year End Refresh: Review of following year budgets, and current year actuals to ensure no significant 

changes to the reporting date at 30 June compared to the interim testing date 31 March. Low head room entities are 
revisited to mitigate the risk of an undetected impairments.

3. 

4. 

 Watchlist Monitoring: Entities with low headroom are monitored at Board Audit & Risk Committee (BARC) level and 
specifically considered during half year and year end testing given sensitivity to impairment.

 Governance: Impairment testing is conducted by the Group financial control team in conjunction with the mergers & 
acquisitions team and reviewed at 3 levels (1) Head of Finance Operation & Head of Technical Accounting & Tax, (2) Chief 
Financial Officer, and (3) BARC.

 The Group maintains a policy to seek independent advice on multiples every 3 years from an appropriate valuations firm. 
The Group sought independent advice in 2019 to determine the appropriate earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) multiple 
used to determine fair value.

 The extensive impairment testing and monitoring exceeds requirements under accounting standards and reflects the 
materiality of the balances to the Group and the low risk appetite of management and the BARC.

Fair Value
Key assumptions for the fair value methodology are as follows:

Fair value is based on estimates of maintainable earnings. The appropriate pre tax maintainable 
earnings for each CGU is multiplied by a multiple from within the range, depending on the type of 
business carried out by the CGU.

The risk free rate (before risk margin).

2021

2020

7 - 9.75 times 7 - 9.75 times

1%

1%

Multiples have been determined after factoring in the following assumed sustainable long term 
profit growth.

up to 2%

up to 2%

103

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

14 

IMPAIRMENT (CONTINUED)

Value in use
Where the Value In Use methodology produces a higher valuation than Fair Value Less Costs of Disposal (FVLCD), this valuation 
is used for the Recoverable Amount. This measurement takes into account the expected Discounted Cash Flows (DCF) for 
the next 5 -15 years based on the forecast profitability. The valuation takes into account the weighted average cost of capital 
(WACC) for those CGUs and also looks at the expected long term growth rate with a terminal value calculation at the end of 5 
years. This methodology will result in a better estimate valuation for entities where historic performance may not factor in the 
medium and long term expected growth from this business.

During the current year, three CGU’s (2020: five CGU’s) were valued using the value in use methodology. All other CGUs were 
supportable using the fair value methodology. For two of the CGU it was determined that an EBIT multiple was not appropriate in 
measuring the recoverable amount for the Group in relation to the entities. 

Key assumptions for the value in use methodology are as follows:

Post tax discount rates (WACC).

Short term revenue growth rate – used in discount cash flow assumptions (1-5 years).

Long term revenue growth rate.

2021

2020

6.5%-15.0%

9.4%-11.7%

2.5%-19.0%

2.5%-5.0%

1.5%-2.0%

1.5%-2.0%

Low headroom
Entities are considered to have low headroom if headroom is less than $500k or 5% (whichever is lower) or show impairment 
using any of the following (1) Stressed multiple (2) 5% reduction in EBIT or (3) single current year profit (to ensure 3 year average 
does not hide a decline in profitability).

The fair value measurements were categorised as level 3 fair value based on the lack of observable inputs in the valuation 
technique used (see Note 17).

The resulting recoverable amounts derived from the appropriate measures described above are compared to the carrying value 
for each CGU and in the event that the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognised. 

No reasonably possible change in key assumptions would result in the recoverable amount of a CGU that is material to the 
Group’s total intangible assets, goodwill and investment in associates, being significantly less than the carrying value included in 
the accounts. 

When making an acquisition, the Group may pay an initial consideration and defer a component of the purchase price to be 
determined based on future financial results. Estimates of the final acquisition cost are made and recognised in the financial 
statements. An estimate of the contingent consideration is made at the time of acquisition and is reviewed and varied at balance 
date if estimates change or actual payments are made. This adjustment can be a loss (if increased) or a profit (if reduced). 
Where an estimate is reduced an offsetting adjustment (impairment) is generally made to the carrying value.  

104

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

14 

IMPAIRMENT (CONTINUED)

Impairment - current year

Phase I -Targeting

Phase 2 - 
Screening

Phase 3 - 
Detailed review

Phase 4 -Low 
Head Room

No impairment

Impairment

All other entities
1 Entity
1 Entity
1 Entity
3 Entities

1 Entity

1 entity within the New Zealand segment was assessed to be impaired during the current year by $3.00m. The primary driver 
for the impairment was due to loss of a key broker and some clients resulting in lower profitability. Four CGUs remain on the 
watchlist due to low headroom of which 3 were acquired in the past 3 years (on initial acquisition fair value transactions have nil 
headroom). No CGUs were added to the watchlist.

During the current year, due to current market conditions further adjustments to contingent considerations in respect of current 
and prior year acquisitions resulted in a net reduction (previous year increase) to the estimates previously recognised by the 
Consolidated Group of $0.42m (2020: $0.54m). Where the revised contingent consideration estimates were below the original 
estimated contingent consideration payments, a corresponding and offsetting impairment charge may be recognised. The 
reduction in contingent consideration led to an impairment of $nil (2020: $nil).

Reductions in contingent consideration and impairment 
adjustments relating to controlled entities

Impairment adjustments relating to investments in associates

Impairment charge relating against Goodwill

Total

Adjustments attributable to non-controlling interests

Net adjustment attributable to equity holders of the parent

Impairment - previous year

Contingent 
consideration adjustments

Impairment charges

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

(416)

– 

– 

(416)

44 

(372)

(541)

– 

– 

(541)

65 

(476)

– 

– 

3,000 

3,000 

(321)

2,679 

– 

379 

5,449 

5,828 

(2,250)

3,578 

Phase I -Targeting

Phase 2 - 
Screening

Phase 3 - 
Detailed review

Phase 4 -Low 
Head Room

No impairment

Impairment

All other entities

4 Entities
1 Entity

6 Entities

1 Entity

1 Entity

Based on the continuing market conditions impacting two Support Services CGUs, the carrying values of the intangibles in 
these entities were impaired by a total of $5.45m ($3.20m net of non-controlling interests). The CGU’s were subject to put 
option arrangements which have been re-estimated during the year. The movement in the fair value of those put options was 
determined to be a reduction of $4.21m resulting in a net credit to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income of 
$0.97m (net of non-controlling interests). On 1 April 2020, due to the sale of Allied Health Australia Pty Ltd, the related put option 
liability was derecognised.

Seven CGUs were on the watchlist due to low headroom of which 4 were acquired in the past 3 years (on initial acquisition fair 
value transactions have nil headroom). Three CGUs were added to the watchlist from the prior year.

105

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

15  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Liabilities for trade creditors and other amounts are carried at amortised cost which is the fair value of the consideration to be 
paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to the entity. Payables to related parties are carried at 
the principal amount. Interest, when charged, is recognised as an expense on an accrual basis. Payables are normally settled on 
90 day terms.

The Group recognises amounts due to insurers for premiums collected but yet to be transferred to the insurer.

Put option financial liability and reserve
AUB Group Limited entered into agreements with various shareholders of related entities and associates, granting options to 
put shares held by those shareholders to AUB Group Limited at market values current at the date of exercise of that option. 
The earliest the put option can be exercised is 5 years from the date of AUB acquiring its initial shareholding in those entities.

The Group recognises put options financial liability initially at present value of the value the Group could be required to pay 
on the future exercise by holders of the put options. Refer to Note 2.1d for further information on measurement and critical 
assumptions and for Put Option liability movement during the current period, refer to the SOCIE.

After initial recognition, put options financial liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. The Group re-estimates put options financial liability at the reporting date using the same model applied during 
the initial measurement, however the discount rate is not reset as the liability is held at amortised cost. The adjustment is 
recognised through the Consolidated Statement Comprehensive Income as income or expense. Movements in the put option 
liability are ultimately transferred to the Put Option Reserve.

Whilst this obligation will only be payable in the event that non-controlling shareholders put their remaining shares to the Group, 
a liability has been recognised in relation to the put option. The financial liability will be derecognised when the put option expires 
unexercised or an entity is disposed with the corresponding movement being reflected in the Put Option Reserve. At balance 
date there has been no indication from the non-controlling shareholders that they wish to exit their respective businesses and 
put their shares to the Group.

During the current period
On 1 August 2020, the Group acquired a further 18.5% of interest in Altius Group Pty Ltd (Altius). As a result of the transaction, 
the Group’s put option liability in relation to the parcel of shares was extinguished resulting in a partial derecognition of $7.43m 
against the respective put option reserve. There was no comprehensive income impact as a result of the transaction.

During the period the remaining put option liability in relation to Altius was remeasured, resulting in a charge to the 
comprehensive income of $5.37m, increasing the liability and related reserve to $12.72m.

On 31 March 2021, the Group disposed of all of its shares in Altius Group Pty Ltd, extinguishing the related put option liability. On 
that date, the remaining put option liability of $12.72m was derecognized directly against the put option reserve. There was no 
impact to the comprehensive income.

On 1 August 2020, the Group acquired 73.15% of Experien Insurance Services Pty Ltd, which included issuance of put option 
rights to the minority shareholder (see Note 7(a) for further details). This resulted in recognition of a $6.85m put option liability 
and related reserve on initial acquisition.

Interest unwind of $0.22m was recognised during the period, resulting in a liability at balance date of $7.06m.

During the prior period
On 1 April 2020, the Group disposed of all of its shares in Allied Health Australia Pty Ltd, extinguishing the related put option 
liability. On that date, the put option liability of $1.28m was derecognized directly against the put option reserve. There was no 
impact to the comprehensive income.

106

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

15  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (CONTINUED)

As at 30 June 2021 Consolidated

Due not later 
than 6 months
$’000

6 months to 
no later than 
1 year
$’000

Later than 
1 year and 
not later than 
5 years 
$’000

Later than 
5 years/No 
maturity 
$’000

Trade payables and accruals  

Amount payable on broking/agency operations

Put option liability

Dividend payable

Contingent or deferred consideration payables

Related party payables

Other payables 

28,027 

195,774 

– 

– 

3,722 

1,630 

12,316 

– 

–

–

–

1,435 

–

–

–

–

7,057 

–

3,449 

24 

–

Total trade and other payables 

241,469 

1,435 

10,530 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Trade payables and accruals  

Amount payable on broking/agency operations

Put option liability

Dividend payable

Contingent or deferred consideration payables

Related party payables

Other payables 

As at 30 June 2020

6 months to 
no later than 
1 year
$’000

Later than 
1 year and 
not later than 
5 years 
$’000

Later than 
5 years/No 
maturity 
$’000

Due not later 
than 6 months
$’000

24,222 

157,729 

– 

– 

– 

14,778 

10,701 

1,012 

194 

– 

– 

1,836 

– 

4,714 

– 

– 

– 

– 

547 

– 

– 

547 

Total trade and other payables 

193,858 

21,328 

Included in trade and other payable are the following deferred and contingent consideration payables:

Balance at the beginning of the period

Contingent consideration on current year acquisitions (at net present value)

Payments made in respect of previously recognised contingent consideration 

Adjustments to contingent consideration (including foreign currency movements)

Balance at the end of the period

Total
$’000

28,027 

195,774 

7,057 

–

8,606 

1,654 

12,316 

253,434 

Total
$’000

24,222 

157,729 

14,778 

10,701 

3,395 

194 

4,714 

215,733 

2020
$’000

6,523 

2,447 

(5,398)

(177)

3,395 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2021
$’000

3,395 

11,095 

(5,321)

(563)

8,606 

Reasonably possible changes in assumptions will change these deferred payments as follows:

 – If the full year 2021 operating profit declines by 10% compared to the current forecast, a reduction of $0.27m (2020: $NIL) in 

the deferred consideration would result.

 – If the full year 2021 operating profit increases by 10% compared to the current forecast, an increase of $NIL (2020: $NIL) in 

the deferred consideration would result.

107

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS

16 
Interest-bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value of the consideration received, net of any directly attributable 
transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. 
Gains and losses are recognised in comprehensive income when the liabilities are derecognised. Borrowing costs are amortised 
over the term of the loans.

Current

Secured bank loan 

Other

Total interest bearing loans and borrowings (current)

Non-current

Secured bank loan 

Other

Total interest bearing loans and borrowings (non-current)

AUB Group Limited syndicated finance facility (see below)

Hunter Premium Funding

Macquarie Bank

Bendigo Bank

St George Bank

National Australia Bank

Commonwealth Bank

Total secured bank loans

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

10,508 

966 

11,474 

10,095 

1,009 

11,104 

200,345 

220,067 

464 

599 

200,809 

220,666 

181,880 

17,091 

9,252 

- 

1,013 

1,406 

211 

192,045 

17,521 

9,061 

6,065 

2,530 

1,926 

1,014 

210,853 

230,162 

Group Borrowing Facilities as at 30 June 2021
The facilities are subject to financial undertakings and warranties typical of facilities of this nature and have sub-limits for 
various purposes including acquisitions. 

AUB Group Limited secured a syndicated, multi-currency debt facility comprising Australia and New Zealand Banking Group 
Limited (ANZ) and Macquarie Bank Limited (Macquarie) for $250m (30 June 2020: $250m). This facility includes an advance in 
NZ$ totaling NZ$45m (2020: NZ$45m). The debt facility expires on 6 December 2022 with mechanism for a one year extension 
on agreement of both parties. 

In addition to the syndicated debt facility provided to AUB Group Limited, controlled entities within the group have also 
negotiated other facilities with other banks as shown in the accompanying table. Whilst the facilities expire beyond the next 
12 months some facilities have provision for mandatory principal repayments during the facility period. These mandatory 
repayments are shown as current liabilities.

During the current and prior periods, there were no defaults or breaches of terms and conditions of any of these facilities. 

108

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

16 

INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)

Group Borrowing facilities as at 30 June 2021 

Facility 
provider

Type of 
Borrowing

AUB Group Limited

Total 
Facility
$’000

Undrawn 
Amount
$’000

Amount 
Utilised
$’000

Borrowing 
Amount
$’000

Current
$’000

Non 
Current
$’000

Expiry Date(s)

Interest 
Rate
%

Variable/ 
 Fixed
(Var/Fix)

Syndicated 
finance 
facility

Total 
Syndicated 
facility

Australia 
and New 
Zealand 
Banking 
Group

Loan Facility

208,128 

68,120 

140,007 

140,007 

–  140,007 

6/12/2022

Loan facility 

41,873 

–

41,873 

41,873 

–

41,873 

6/12/2022

1.85 

2.01 

Var

Var

250,001 

68,120 

181,880 

181,880 

–  181,880 

Credit Cards

450 

450 

–

Bank 
Guarantees

4,000 

585 

3,415 

–

–

–

–

–

6/12/2022

17.45 

Var

–

6/12/2022

1.70 

Var

Facilities arranged by other controlled entities

Hunter 
Premium 
Funding

Macquarie 
Bank

St George 
Bank

Finance 
facilities 
with other 
banks

Total 
Borrowing 
Facilities

Loan Facility

18,692

1,601

17,091

17,091

2,307

14,784

Loan facility

 9,612 

 360 

 9,252 

 9,252 

 7,485 

 1,767 

Between 
01/11/2025 & 
27/01/2035

On 
Demand to 
30/06/2033

2.46 
-3.63

3.80 - 
5.65

Var

Var

Loan facility

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Loan facility

 5,579 

 2,949 

 2,630 

 2,630 

 716 

 1,914 

Between 
31/03/2022 
& 17/03/2026"

2.32 - 
4.44

Var and 
Fixed

288,334 

74,065 

214,268 

210,853 

10,508  200,345 

109

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

16 

INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)

Group Borrowing facilities as at 30 June 2020

Facility 
provider

Type of 
Borrowing

AUB Group Limited

Total 
Facility
$’000

Undrawn 
Amount
$’000

Amount 
Utilised
$’000

Borrowing 
Amount
$’000

Current
$’000

Non 
Current
$’000

Expiry Date

Interest 
Rate
%

Variable/ 
 Fixed
(Var/Fix)

Syndicated 
finance 
facility

Total 
Syndicated 
facility

St George 
Bank

Loan Facility

207,955 

57,955 

150,000 

150,000 

– 150,000 

6/12/2022

1.85 

Var

Loan facility

42,045 

42,045 

42,045 

42,045 

6/12/2022

2.01 

Var

250,000 

57,955 

192,045 

192,045 

– 192,045 

Credit Cards

1,500 

1,397 

103 

Bank 
Guarantees

6,500 

3,898 

2,602 

–

–

–

–

–

–

6/12/2022

17.45 

Var

6/12/2022

1.70 

Var

Facilities arranged by other controlled entities 

Hunter 
Premium 
Funding

Macquarie 
Bank

St George 
Bank

Finance 
facilities 
with other 
banks

Total 
Borrowing 
Facilities

Loan facility

18,686 

1,165 

17,521 

17,521 

2,006 

15,515 

Loan facility

9,340 

279 

9,061 

9,061 

704 

8,357 

Loan facility

4,838 

2,308 

2,530 

2,530 

185 

2,345 

Loan facility

12,011 

3,005 

9,005 

9,005 

7,200 

1,805 

302,875

70,007 

232,867 

230,162 

10,095  220,067 

Between 
01/11/2025 & 
16/04/2030

Between 
15/06/2022 & 
30/06/2033

Between 
30/06/2022 & 
30/06/2024

2.46 - 
3.63

4.45 - 
5.65

2.39 - 
3.72

Between 
30/08/2020 & 
16/04/30

2.46 - 
4.76

Var

Var

Var

Var

110

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

17  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise receivables, loans, cash and short-term deposits, payables, lease liabilities, 
overdrafts, interest bearing loans and borrowings and bank overdrafts.  

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and foreign currency risk in accordance with the 
Group’s financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets 
whilst protecting future financial security.

The Group does not enter into derivative transactions nor has any significant foreign currency transactions.

The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks as summarised below. Primary responsibility for 
identification and control of financial risks rests with the Board Audit and Risk Committee, supported by a Management 
Committee, under the authority of the Board. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of the risks 
identified below.

Risk exposures and Responses
a.  Credit Risk

Refer to Note 10 Cash and Cash Equivalents and Note 11 Trade and Other Receivables.

b.  Liquidity Risk

The Company’s objective is to maintain adequate cash to ensure continuity of funding and flexibility in its day-to-day operations.

The Company reviews its cash flows weekly and models expected cash flows for the following 12 to 24 months (updated 
monthly) to ensure that any stress on liquidity is detected, monitored and managed, before risks arise. 

To monitor existing financial assets and liabilities as well as enable an effective controlling of future risks, the Group has 
established comprehensive risk reporting that reflects expectations of management of expected settlement of financial assets 
and liabilities.

The Group’s main borrowing facilities are provided by a syndicated facility comprising ANZ Bank Ltd and Macquarie Bank Limited, 
although some controlled entities have arranged borrowing facilities with other banks. The terms of these arrangements have been 
disclosed in Note 16 Interest Bearing Loans and Borrowings.

The Company considers the maturity of its financial assets and projected cash flows from operations to monitor liquidity risk. 

Liquidity risk arises in the event that the financial assets/liabilities are not able to be realised/settled for the amounts disclosed 
in the accounts on a timely basis.

The table below reflects all contractually fixed pay-outs and receivables for settlement, repayments and interest resulting from 
recognised financial assets and liabilities. Cash flows for financial assets and liabilities without a fixed amount or timing are 
based on the conditions existing at 30 June 2021 with comparatives based on conditions existing at 30 June 2020. 

The risk implied from the values shown in the table below, reflects a balanced view of cash inflows and outflows. Lease 
liabilities, trade payables and other financial liabilities mainly originate from the financing of assets used in the Group’s ongoing 
operations such as plant and equipment and investments in working capital, e.g., trade receivables and deferred payments on 
broker acquisitions.

The table summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities based on contractual 
undiscounted payments: 

Financial Assets

Due not later than 6 months

6 months to not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

Total financial assets 

Financial Liabilities

Due not later than 6 months

6 months to not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

Total financial liabilities

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

344,750

307,343

2,750

3,572 

–

5,362 

358 

–

351,072

313,063

(254,682)

(206,644)

(14,648)

(34,114)

(222,056)

(241,861)

(7,363)

(795)

(498,749)

(483,413)

111

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

17  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
c.  Fair Values of recognised assets and liabilities

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to 
sell the asset or transfer the liability takes places either 

 – in the principal market for the asset or liability; or
 – in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or lability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the 
asset or liability, assuming that the market participants act in their economic best interests.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to 
measure the fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the unobservable inputs.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair 
value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or 
indirectly observable.

Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

The Company’s put option liabilities and contingent considerations made in relation to acquisitions of controlled entities and 
associates are categorised as level 3. These are valued based on the inputs in the valuation used on new acquisitions during 
the reporting period, refer to Note 2.1(d), Note 7(a) and Note 15 for measurement techniques & critical assumptions, new 
transactions, and movements during the year respectively.

All other assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised as level 2 under the three level hierarchy reflecting the 
availability of observable market inputs when estimating the fair value.

Management has assessed that the fair value of cash and short-term deposits, trade receivables, trade payables, bank 
overdrafts and other current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these 
instruments. 

The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged 
in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

 – The fair value of loans and other financial assets has been calculated using market interest rates.
 – Long-term fixed-rate and variable-rate receivables/borrowings are evaluated by the Group based on parameters such as 

interest rates and individual creditworthiness of the customer. Based on this evaluation, allowances are taken into account 
for the expected losses of these receivables. Market values have been used to determine the fair value of securities.
 – Fair values of the Group’s interest-bearing borrowings and loans are determined by using the DCF method using discount 

rate that reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as at the end of the reporting period.

 – The fair value of unquoted instruments, loans from banks and other financial liabilities (including put option liability), 

obligations under leases, as well as other non-current financial liabilities is estimated by discounting future cash flows using 
rates currently available for debt on similar terms, credit risk and remaining maturities.

 – The fair value of the non-current deferred contingent consideration payments may change as a result of changes in the 
projected future financial performance of the acquired assets and liabilities. Refer to Note 15 for further information.

The carrying value of most of the Group’s Financial Assets and Financial liabilities approximate their fair value due to their 
short term nature. There were no material differences between the book value and the fair value of the Group’s financial 
assets and liabilities.

112

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

17  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
d.  Market Risk

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to interest rate movements relates to cash and cash equivalents held by the Group and the Group’s 
long-term debt obligations. To manage interest rate risk, interest rates on borrowings are fixed for a period depending on 
market conditions. This risk is minimal as the Group holds cash received from policyholders to pay insurers in excess of the 
amount of borrowings and therefore the group has a hedge against interest rate rises. Loans generally have interest rate 
resets every six months. In the event of interest rate rises, a net increase in interest revenue will occur due to cash and cash 
equivalents exceeding borrowings.

The main risk to the Group is in relation to interest rate reductions which will decrease the net income earned on cash and 
cash equivalents held. The cash held to pay insurers must be held in prescribed investments (Australian bank accounts or 
deposits) and as such will be subject to market interest rate fluctuations. The Group has at balance date, the following mix 
of financial assets and liabilities exposed to Australian variable interest rate risk.

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents (including trust account balance)

Loans and advances - related entities

Other financial assets

Total financial assets

Financial Liabilities

Loans and other borrowings

Net exposure to interest rate movements 

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

281,820 

243,151 

4,507 

51 

6,596 

388 

286,378 

250,135 

(213,937)

(231,964)

72,441 

18,171

The Group’s long term policy is to maintain a component of long term borrowings at fixed interest rates, which are carried at 
amortised cost and it is acknowledged that exposure to fluctuations in fair value is a by-product of the Group’s policy. Due to the 
current low interest rate environment, the Group has determined that variable interest rates will result in a better overall interest 
rate risk than fixing for extended periods. All borrowings are based on variable interest rates. See Note 16 for full details of terms 
and conditions.

The Group constantly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis consideration is given to potential renewals of 
existing positions, alternative financing and the term for fixing interest rates.

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate exposures in existence at year end. The sensitivity for the prior 
year has been prepared on an equivalent basis. At year end, had interest rates moved as illustrated in the table below, with all 
other variables held constant, post-tax profits and equity would have been affected as follows:

Judgements of reasonably possible movements

+0.50% (50 basis points) (2020 +0.50% (50 basis points))

-0.50% (50 basis points) (2020 -0.50% (50 basis points))

Post tax profits  
Higher/ (lower)

Impacts directly to equity 
Higher/ (lower)

2021
$’000

362

783 

2020
$’000

59 

(59)

2021
$’000

362 

783 

2020
$’000

59 

(59)

The net increase in profits in respect of interest rate rises is due to the interest bearing assets being greater than borrowings. 
The net increase in profits in respect of interest rate decreases is due to interest bearing assets decreases being capped (cannot 
go below 0.00% interest rate), whilst interest bearing liabilities decreasing by the full 0.5% (sensitivity interest rate remains above 
0.00%) in the analysis. 

Equity securities price risk
Equity securities price risk arises from investments in equity securities. The Group does not invest in listed equity securities 
or derivatives. 

At year end, the Group had no material exposure to equities other than to shares in associated entities and controlled entities 
and therefore has no exposure to price risk that has not already been reflected in the financial statements. The Group tests for 
impairment annually and reviews all investments at least half yearly. The methodology for testing for impairment and results 
is shown in Note 14.

113

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

17  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
d.  Market Risk (continued)

Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in 
foreign currency rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s 
operating activities (when revenue or expenses is denominated in a foreign currency) and the Group’s investment in overseas 
controlled entities.

The majority of the foreign exchange rate exposure relates to the investment in New Zealand operations, although some 
controlled entities raise client invoices in foreign currency denominations. 

The Group does not hedge its exposure in foreign currencies through derivatives however the Group’s syndicate facility 
arrangement includes a component of borrowing in New Zealand Dollars utilised by the Group’s New Zealand arm which 
reduces the net assets the Group exposed to foreign currency.

At year end, had foreign exchange rates moved as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, post-tax 
profits and equity would have been affected as follows:

Judgements of reasonably possible movements

-NZ $0.10 (ten cents) (2020 -NZ $0.10 (10 cents))

+NZ $0.10 (ten cents) (2020 -NZ $0.10 (10 cents))

e.  Capital Management

Post tax profits  
Higher/ (lower)

Impacts directly to equity 
Higher/ (lower)

2021
$’000

–

–

2020
$’000

–

–

2021
$’000

(1,933)

1,933 

2020
$’000

12,084 

(12,084)

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order 
to provide returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimum capital structure.  

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure or in response to changes in economic conditions and the requirements of 
the financial covenants, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets 
to reduce debt if required.

The Group monitors capital using the gearing ratio. The gearing ratio is calculated as contingent considerations payable plus 
total borrowings of controlled entities and our share of total borrowings of associates divided by total equity, total borrowings 
of controlled entities and our share of total borrowings of associates and contingent consideration payable.

The gearing ratios at 30 June were as follows:

Debt to equity ratio
Interest bearing loans and borrowings- controlled entities

Interest bearing loans, borrowings & contingent consideration payable - associates  
(AUB Group share)

Contingent consideration payable

Total debt

Total equity

Total equity and debt

Gearing Ratio - total debt/(total equity and debt)

f.  Put Option

2021
$’000/%

2020* 
$’000/%

212,283 

231,770 

17,543 

8,606 

238,432 

598,287 

836,719 

28.50%

20,055 

3,395 

255,220 

490,418

745,638

34.23%

AUB Group Limited has entered into agreements with various financiers and shareholders of related entities and associates, 
granting options to put shares held in related companies or associates to AUB Group Limited, refer to Note 21.
Other than shown on Note 15, at balance date no liability has arisen in relation to these arrangements.

* 

The comparative period has been restated as result of the impact of an accounting policy change, refer to Note 2.2 for more information.

114

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

18 

ISSUED CAPITAL

Issued Capital opening balance

Issued Capital under dividend reinvestment plan

Issue of shares*

Issued Capital closing balance

Number of Shares on Issue (ordinary shares fully paid)

Movements in number of shares on issue

Beginning of the financial year

Number of shares issued during period - dividend reinvestment plan

Issue of shares*

Number of shares issued during period - options exercised on 16 March 2020 

Number of shares issued during period - options exercised on 1 March 2021 

Total Shares on Issue

Weighted average number of shares on issue at end of the year

2021
$’000

2020
$’000

258,947 

255,662 

2,108 

5,604 

3,285 

– 

266,659 

258,947 

Shares No.

Shares No.

74,403,507 

73,818,757 

73,818,757 

73,502,778 

138,835 

428,566 

294,093 

– 

– 

21,886 

17,349 

– 

74,403,507 

73,818,757 

74,265,626 

73,723,720 

* 

428,566 shares were allotted at an issue price of $13.08 on 14 September 2020. Refer to Note 7 (a) for further details. The shares are held in voluntary escrow 
until 14 September 2021.

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends and, in the event of winding up the company, to participate in the proceeds 
from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held.

Ordinary share capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received by the company, net of issue costs.

Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the company.

19  SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS
The Group provides benefits to employees (including executive directors) of the Group in the form of share-based payments, 
whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (‘equity-settled transactions’). 

An Employee Share Options Plan (ESOP) is in place which provides benefits to executive directors and senior executives. 

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments 
at the date at which they are granted. Details of methodology to value of options is included below. 

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any performance conditions, other than conditions linked to the price 
of the shares of AUB Group Limited (market conditions) if applicable. 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which 
the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled 
to the award (the vesting period). 

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects (i) the extent 
to which the vesting period has expired and (ii) the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately 
vest. No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market performance conditions being met as the effect of these conditions is 
included in the determination of fair value at grant date. The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income charge or credit 
for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that period. It is included 
in Note 4(d) Expenses.

The Share Based Payment reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to employees and directors as part of 
their remuneration. 

For options vesting based on earnings per share hurdles, no expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except 
for awards that are cancelled or where vesting is only conditional upon a market condition.

For options issued based on Total Shareholder Return (TSR) hurdles, an expense is recognised based on the Group’s meeting 
market expectations. 

In the event options are cancelled, or cancelled and reissued, the unexpensed cost for these is brought forward and recognised 
immediately in addition to the expense for any reissued/new options. 

115

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

19  SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONTINUED)
If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been 
modified. In addition, an expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment 
arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured, at the date of modification. 

The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per share 
(see Note 6). 

Employee Share Option Plan
Share options are granted to senior executives by the ultimate parent company, AUB Group Limited.

The following table illustrates the number (No.) and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of and movements in share options 
issued during the year:

2020 
No.

2021
WAEP ($)

2020
WAEP ($)

Share Options movements (applicable to each relevant financial period):

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Options exercised, lapsed or forfeited during the period relating to 
options previously issued:

2021 
No.

402,541

125,688 

351,328 

301,219 

- 2016

- 2017

- 2018

- 2019

- 2020

- 2021

– 

(128,565)

(26,081)

(59,324)

(8,741)

(31,614)

– 

– 

– 

(30,503)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Outstanding at the end of the year

493,407 

402,541 

0.00

0.00

The number of options outstanding is represented by:

Financial year options issued

Option grant 
date

Earliest 
exercise date

Valuation*
$

- 2017

- 2018

- 2019

- 2020

- 2020

- 2021

24-Jan-17

24-Jan-20

23-Nov-17

23-Nov-20

31-Oct-18

31-Oct-21

19-Dec-19

31-Aug-22

19-Dec-19

31-Aug-24

18-Dec-20

31-Aug-23

8.99 

11.83 

10.72 

9.37 

8.91 

11.27 

2021
No.

– 

33,586 

32,914 

101,219 

200,000 

125,688 

2020
No.

26,081 

42,327 

32,914 

101,219 

200,000 

– 

Options outstanding at the end of the year

493,407 

402,541 

* 

Valuation is based on the weighted average price of shares on the date the options were issued. The risk free rate applied was 0.04% (FY20: 0.95% for 3 year 
options and 1.12% for 5 year options).

All options must be exercised by no later than 7 years from the issue date. 

During the year the following options were granted, exercised or lapsed: 

 – 78,795 performance options were granted to the CEO on 18 December 2020. All performance options were issued at an 

exercise price of $NIL and are exercisable after 31 August 2023, if performance hurdles are met. 

 – 46,893 performance options were granted to other employees on 18 December 2020. All performance options were issued 

at an exercise price of $NIL and are exercisable after 31 August 2023, if performance hurdles are met.

 – The volume weighted average share price for the 5 business days prior to the date the options were issued was $17.09. The 
options were valued using an average price of $10.82 for EPS options and $11.94 for TSR options (weighted average price of 
$11.27). 

 – 8,608 options issued 23 January 2017 vested during the year and were exercised on 1 March 2021 following the 4th year 

retest based on the results for the 4 years to 30 June 2020. 

116

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

 SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONTINUED) 

19 
 – 17,473 share options issued in 2017 lapsed due to vesting conditions not being met following the 4th year retest. 
 – 8,741 options issued 23 November 2017 vested during the year and were exercised on 1 March 2021. The remaining 33,586 
unvested options issued during 2018 will be retested based on the results for the 4 years to 30 June 2021 and if vesting 
conditions are not met the unvested options will lapse. 

See below for terms and exercise conditions for options issued during the year ended 30 June 2021. 

During the previous year the following options were granted, exercised or lapsed:

 – 200,000 Performance options were granted to the CEO on 19 December 2019. All performance options were issued at 

an exercise price of $NIL and are exercisable after 31 August 2024, if performance hurdles are met. The volume weighted 
average share price for the 5 business days prior to the date the options were issued was $11.80. The options were valued 
using an average price of $10.40 for EPS options and $6.68 for TSR options (weighted average price of $8.91). See below for 
terms and exercise conditions for options issued during the financial year ended 30 June 2020. 

 – 101,219 performance options were granted on 19 December 2019, including 76,029 performance options granted to the CEO. 
All performance options were issued at an exercise price of $NIL and are exercisable after 31 August 2022, if performance 
hurdles are met. The volume weighted average share price for the 5 business days prior to the date the options were issued 
was $11.80. The options were valued using an average price of $11.18 for EPS options and $6.66 for TSR options (weighted 
average price of $9.37). See below for terms and exercise conditions for options issued during FY20. 

 – 21,886 options issued 23 January 2017 vested during the year and were exercised on 16 March 2018. The remaining 26,081 
unvested options issued during 2017 will be retested based on the results for the 4 years to 30 June 2020 and if vesting 
conditions are not met the unvested options will lapse. 

 – 128,565 share options lapsed due to vesting conditions not being met. 
 – 99,555 share options issued in 2017, 2018, and 2019 lapsed due to various staff members no longer employed.

Vesting conditions for Performance options issued in the current year are as follows:  

Performance Options 
 – Each Performance Option is a right to receive one fully-paid ordinary share in the Company or at the Board’s discretion, an 

equivalent cash payment. 

 – The Performance Options will only vest to the extent that the performance hurdles and ongoing employment conditions (set 

out below) are satisfied over the relevant performance periods. 

 – The Performance Options will only vest to the extent that the performance hurdles and ongoing employment conditions (set 

out below) are satisfied over the relevant performance periods. 

 – Each grant of Performance Options has been divided into two components, which will each be subject to a separate 
performance hurdle. The Board considers that this structure has the benefit of both a relative test that reflects the 
Company’s performance against the market and an objective test reflective of management’s performance in growing 
earnings per share.

 – 60% of the Performance Options will be subject to a hurdle based on the average annual growth rate (AAGR) of the adjusted 

earnings per share (EPS) hurdles (EPS Options); and

 – 40% of the Performance Options will be subject to a hurdle based on the relative total shareholder return (TSR) of the 

Company compared to the TSR of the constituents of the S&P/ASX Small Ordinaries Industrials Index (AXSID) (TSR Options).

 – Performance Options will only vest if participants remain in ongoing employment over the relevant performance period 

(subject to the cessation of employment provisions).

 – Performance Period for all options issued in FY21 will commence on 1 July 2020.
 – Performance Period - the performance hurdles for 125,688 Performance Options granted will be tested over a 3 year 

performance period. 

 – Any Performance Options that do not vest at the end of the 3 year performance period, will lapse.

117

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

19 

 SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONTINUED) 

EPS Options
 – For the purposes of calculating the AAGR, an underlying form of earnings per share will be utilised (Underlying EPS) being, 

in respect of any financial year, the consolidated net profit after tax of the Company for that year excluding fair value 
adjustments to the carrying values of associates, profit on sale of entities and assets or deconsolidation of controlled 
entities, contingent consideration adjustments, impairment charges and amortisation of intangibles (Underlying NPAT) 
divided by the weighted average number of shares on issue during the financial year. Other adjustments to the Underlying 
NPAT calculation may be made in limited circumstances where the Board considers it to be appropriate. 
 – The percentage of the EPS Options that satisfy the EPS performance hurdle will be determined by reference to the AAGR 

(expressed as a percentage) of Underlying EPS from the year ending 30 June 2020 (being, 72.5 cents) to:

 – The Underlying EPS for the performance options granted in FY21 will be based on the outcome for the year ending 30 
June 2023. Any unvested options that do not meet performance hurdles at that time will lapse, and are not subject to 
re-test.

 – Subject to satisfaction of the AAGR performance hurdles, the number of EPS Options that will vest after grant date; is 

as follows:
 – Equal to but not less than 5.0% AAGR, 50% of the Options will become exercisable.
 – Between 5% and 10% AAGR, the percentage of performance Options that are exercisable will be determined on a 

pro rata basis so that the number of Options that are exercisable will increase from 50% by 1.0 percentage point for 
every 0.1% additional growth over 5%.

 – Equal to or greater than 10% AAGR, 100% of the Performance Options will become exercisable.

TSR options  
TSR Options will be measured by comparing the TSR of the Company with the TSRs of the constituents of the S&P/ASX Small 
Ordinaries Industrials Index (AXSID) (Comparator Group) as at 1 July 2020.

The percentage of the TSR Options that satisfy the TSR performance hurdle will be determined as set out below;

 – Less than 50th percentile of the Comparator Group, 0% of the Options will become exercisable;
 – 50th percentile of the Comparator Group, 50% of the Options will become exercisable;
 – Between 50th percentile and 75th percentile of the comparator Group, straight line satisfaction of the performance hurdle 

between 50% and 100% of the options will become exercisable;

 – 75th percentile of the Comparator Group or higher, 100% of the Options will become exercisable;
 – The Board has the discretion to adjust the Comparator Group, including to take into account acquisitions, mergers, or other 

relevant corporate actions or delisting; and

 – TSR measures the growth in the Company’s share price together with the value of dividends paid during the period, 

assuming that all those dividends are re-invested into new shares. 

Unless the Board determines otherwise, for the purpose of calculating the growth in the Company’s share price over the 
performance period, the following opening and closing share prices will be used:

a.  for the opening share price, the volume weighted average share price (VWAP) during the 60 trading days ending on the first 

day of the performance period, and

b.  for the closing share price, the VWAP during the 60 trading days ending on 30 June 2023. 

118

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

 SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONTINUED) 

19 
Vesting conditions for Performance options issued in the previous year are as follows:

Performance hurdles for options issued in FY20:

The percentage of the EPS Options that satisfy the EPS performance hurdle will be determined by reference to the AAGR 
(expressed as a percentage) of Underlying EPS from the year ending 30 June 2020 to:

 – The Underlying EPS for the performance options granted in FY20 will be based on the outcome for the year ending 30 June 
2022. Any unvested options that do not meet performance hurdles at that time will lapse, and are not subject to re-test.
 – Subject to satisfaction of the AAGR performance hurdles, the number of EPS Options that will vest after grant date; is as 

follows:
 – Equal to but not less than 5.0% AAGR, 50% of the Options will become exercisable.
 – Between 5% and 7% AAGR, the percentage of performance Options that are exercisable will be determined on a pro rata 
basis so that the number of Options that are exercisable will increase from 50% to 100% by 1.0 percentage point for 
every 0.04% additional growth over 5%.

 – Equal to or greater than 7% AAGR, 100% of the options will become exercisable. 

TSR performance hurdles for options issued in FY20:

TSR Options issued in FY20 have the same performance hurdles as TSR options issued in FY21 except outcomes will be 
measured over the 3 year period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022. 

In addition to the above, the CEO was granted 200,000 sign on options. The EPS and TSR hurdles are the same as the 3 year 
options granted in FY20 but cover the 5 year period 1 July 2019 – 30 June 2024. 

 – One third of the options will be tested over a 3 year performance period (3 year test date).
 – To the extent that any performance options satisfy the performance hurdles at this point, they will remain on foot and will 

vest and become exercisable following the end of the 5 year period subject to the CEO’s continued employment with the 
company, subject to the CEO’s cessation of employment conditions included in his contract. 

 – The remaining two thirds of the performance options, and any performance options that did not satisfy the performance 

hurdles at the end of the 3 year test date will be tested over the whole 5 year period. (options that do not meet the 
performance hurdles at the end of the 5 year performance period will lapse).

Vesting conditions for Performance options issued in the FY18 & FY19 are as follows:

Performance hurdles for options issued in FY18 & FY19 are as follows; 

EPS performance hurdles for options issued in FY18 & FY19:

The percentage of the EPS Options that satisfy the EPS performance hurdle will be determined by reference to the CAGR 
(compound average growth rate, expressed as a percentage) of Underlying EPS from the year ending 30 June 2017 and 30 June 
2018 to:

 – The Underlying EPS for the performance options granted in FY18 will be based on the outcome for the year ending 30 June 

2021. 4th year retest – options that do not meet the performance hurdles will lapse.

 – The Underlying EPS for the performance options granted in FY19 will be based on the outcome for the year ending 30 

June 2021. 1st test in the current year with a 4th year retest after 30 June 2022. Options that do not meet the performance 
hurdles at that time will lapse.

 – Subject to satisfaction of the CAGR performance hurdles, the number of EPS Options that will vest after grant date; is as 

follows:
 – Equal to but not less than 4.0% CAGR, 25% of the Options will become exercisable.
 – Between 4% and 7% CAGR, the percentage of performance Options that are exercisable will be determined on a pro rata 
basis so that the number of Options that are exercisable will increase from 25% to 50% by 1.0 percentage point for every 
0.12% additional growth over 4%.

 – Equal to 7% CAGR, 50% of the options will become exercisable. 
 – Between 7% and 10% CAGR, the percentage of performance Options that are exercisable will be determined on a pro 

rata basis so that the number of Options that are exercisable will increase from 50% to 100% by 1.0 percentage point for 
every 0.06% additional growth over 7%.

 – Equal to or greater than 10% CAGR, 100% of the Performance Options will become exercisable.

119

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

 SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONTINUED) 

19 
TSR performance hurdles for options issued in FY18 & FY19:

TSR Options will be measured by comparing the TSR of the Company with the TSRs of the constituents of the S&P/ASX Small 
Ordinaries Industrials Index (AXSID) (Comparator Group) as at 1 July 2018 & 1 July 2019.

The percentage of the TSR Options that satisfy the TSR performance hurdle will be determined as set out below;

 – Less than 50th percentile of the Comparator Group, 0% of the Options will become exercisable;
 – 50th percentile of the Comparator Group, 50% of the Options will become exercisable;
 – Between 1x 50th percentile and 1.5x 50th percentile of the comparator Group, straight line satisfaction of the performance 

hurdle between 50% and 100% of the options will become exercisable;

 – 1.5x 50th percentile of the Comparator Group or higher, 100% of the Options will become exercisable;
 – The Board has the discretion to adjust the Comparator Group, including to take into account acquisitions, mergers, or other 

relevant corporate actions or delisting; and

 – TSR measures the growth in the Company’s share price together with the value of dividends paid during the period, 

assuming that all those dividends are re-invested into new shares.

Key Terms of Performance options
Exercise price: The exercise price of the Performance Options is nil.

Expiry date for options: Performance Options will lapse 4 years after the earliest exercise date if they have not been exercised 
by that date unless the Board determines a different date.

Disposal restrictions: If the Performance Options vest and are exercised, the shares issued are unrestricted. Disposal of shares 
issued on exercise of the Performance Options will be subject to the Company’s securities trading policy. The option holders may 
not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise deal with, or grant a security interest over Performance Options without the prior written 
approval of the Board or as required by law. 

Participation in new issues and bonus issues: Performance Options carry no entitlement to participate in new issues of shares 
by the Company prior to the vesting and exercise of the Performance Option. In the event of a bonus issue, Performance Options 
will be adjusted in the manner required by the Listing Rules. 

Reorganisation: If any reorganisation (including consolidation, subdivision, reduction or return) of the issued capital of the 
Company is affected, Performance Options will be adjusted in the manner required by the Listing Rules.

Voting and dividend rights: Performance Options will not attract dividends or distributions and voting rights until the 
Performance Options vest and shares are allocated on their exercise, whether or not the shares are subject to disposal 
restrictions. Income tax will be the responsibility of the option holders.

Ranking of shares issued: The ordinary shares in the Company issued upon exercise of the Performance Options will rank 
equally with the existing ordinary shares in the Company on issue, except for entitlements which had a record date before the 
date of issue of those shares.

120

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

20  PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION
The parent company’s summary financials are presented below:

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Current Assets

Non-current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Non-current Liabilities - Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Total Liabilities

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Issued capital

Share based payments reserve

Retained earnings

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

Profit for the year before income tax

Income tax (expense)/credit

Net profit after tax for the year

Other comprehensive (expense)/income after income tax for the year

Total comprehensive income after tax for the year

Other information

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to the debts of its controlled entities or 
associates: 

AUB Group Limited has guaranteed loan facilities provided to controlled entities and associates 
in proportion to its shareholding

AUB Group Ltd has guaranteed lease facilities provided to associates in proportion to its 
shareholding

Total Guarantees

2021 
$’000

2020 
$’000

20,889 

100,315 

35,060 

47,286 

444,367 

444,725 

565,571 

527,071 

15,159 

14,870 

181,880 

192,044 

197,039 

206,914 

368,532 

320,157 

266,659 

258,947 

10,139 

91,734 

8,469 

52,741 

368,532 

320,157 

92,160 

(4,346)

87,814 

– 

45,610 

3,742 

49,352 

–

87,814 

49,352 

6,445

10,561 

3,556

10,001

705 

11,266 

Contingent liabilities
AUB Group Limited has provided indemnities to other shareholders of related entities and associates in relation to guarantees 
given by those shareholders, to financiers of or lessors to entities in which AUB Group Limited has an equity interest. We 
have assessed the impact of COVID-19 on our associates’ and controlled entities’ liquidity positions and noted no significant 
deterioration. At balance date no liability has arisen in relation to these indemnities.

AUB Group Limited has entered into agreements with various financiers and shareholders of related entities and associates, 
granting options to put shares held in related companies or associates to AUB Group Limited, refer to Note 21. 

121

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

21  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Group’s commitments and contingencies are presented below: 

Commitments - Group excluding AASB 16 Lease Liabilities

- Not later than one year

- Later than one year and not later than five years

- Later than five years

Commitments - Associate excluding AASB 16 Lease Liabilities

- Not later than one year

- Later than one year and not later than five years

- Later than five years

Contingent liabilities

Estimates of the maximum amounts of contingent liabilities that may become payable:

AUB Group Limited has guaranteed loan facilities provided to associates in proportion 
to its shareholding.

AUB Group Limited has guaranteed lease facilities provided to associates in proportion 
to its shareholding.

2021 
$’000

2020 
$’000

1,134 

222 

– 

1,356 

251 

138 

– 

389 

1,979 

2,799 

– 

4,778 

485 

288 

– 

773 

5,184

7,934 

132 

5,316

705 

8,639 

122

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

22  AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION
The Group’s payments to audit firms are presented below: 

Amounts received or due to Ernst & Young (Australia and NZ) for:

Audit of the financial statements of Group and its Controlled entities

Other statutory assurance services 

Other assurance related services

Total audit services

Non-audit services

Taxation advice

Taxation compliance services

Consulting services

Total non-audit services

Total services provided by Ernst & Young

Amounts received or due to non Ernst & Young audit firms for:

Audit and review of financial statements

Other statutory assurance services 

Other assurance related services

Total audit services

Non-audit services

Taxation advice

Taxation compliance services

Due diligence services

Other consulting services

Total non-audit services

Total services provided by other auditors

Total Auditors' remuneration

Consolidated

2021 
$

2020 
$

1,118,612 

849,967 

145,761 

– 

95,761 

28,050 

1,264,373 

973,778 

– 

– 

184,393 

78,033 

– 

– 

184,393 

78,033 

1,448,766 

1,051,811 

237,561 

245,048 

49,382 

– 

50,938 

77,346 

286,943 

373,332 

–

–

20,985 

21,646 

–

–

–

91,843 

20,985 

113,489 

307,928 

486,821 

1,756,694 

1,538,632 

123

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

23  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
a. 

  Details of Key Management Personnel (KMP)

The directors of the company in office throughout the year and until the date of signing this report are:

D. C. Clarke 

Chair (non-executive)

C. L. Rogers 

Director (non-executive)

P. A. Lahiff 

Director (non-executive)

R. J. Carless 

Director (non-executive)

R. J. Low  

Director (non-executive)

The following persons were the executives with the greatest authority for the planning, directing and controlling the activities of 
the consolidated entity during the financial year:

M.P.C. Emmett 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

M. J. Shanahan 

Chief Financial Officer

b.  There are no loans outstanding owing by KMP at 30 June 2021 (2020: NIL).

c.   Compensation of KMP’s by Category:

2021
$

2020
$

3,203,531 

3,183,510 

112,305 

121,151 

– 

–

–

–

948,563 

632,239 

4,264,399 

3,936,900 

Salary, fees and short-term incentives 

Post employment benefits

Other long-term benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based Payments

Total

d.    

 STI amounts included (in Sales, fees and short-term incentives) above relate to the accrued provision in respect of 
the current year’s performance that will be paid during the following financial year. The 2021 STI amounts have been 
approved by the Board.

e.     The following related party transactions occurred during the year:

i.  

Transactions with related parties in parent, controlled entities and associates

Entities within the Consolidated Group charge associates $12,273,497 (2020: $11,416,988) management fees for expenses 
incurred and services rendered. Entities within the Consolidated Group invest in trusts managed by related parties. These 
transactions are at normal commercial terms and conditions. Entities within the Consolidated Group provide funds to other 
related entities within the Group. These funds are interest bearing, excluding small working capital advances, and are repayable 
on demand. See Note 11 for amounts receivable from related parties $4,507,117 (2020: $6,250,898) and Note 15 for payables 
to related parties $1,653,726 (2020: $193,741).

124

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

23  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (CONTINUED)

Entities within the Consolidated Group have advanced funds to other related parties

Austbrokers Hiller Marine Pty Ltd

B Arnot

B Reedy

Benjaydee Pty Ltd

Cruden & Read Pty Ltd

KJ Risk Pty Ltd

Longitude Insurance Pty Ltd

M Holbrook

S Underwood

All other related parties

Total

Other payables - related parties

B Arnot

M Holbrook

All other related parties

Total

2021
$

2020
$

131,558 

835,193 

320,375 

384,253 

231,962 

315,743 

357,204 

781,449 

348,282 

– 

548,071 

344,673

61,485 

1,350,582 

835,193 

432,846 

958,509

781,449 

599,520 

1,484,341

4,507,117 

6,595,571

395,741 

395,741 

–

–

862,244 

193,741

1,653,726 

193,741 

Transactions with other related parties

ii.  
Entities within the Consolidated Group charge associated entities interest on interest bearing loans. Total interest charged for 
the period was $202,838 (2020: $762,204). The interest charged are on normal commercial terms and conditions.

On 1 May 2021 $437,437 was advanced to Benjaydee Pty Ltd secured over its shares in ABFS (NSW) Pty Ltd on commercial 
terms. During the year Austbrokers SPT Pty Ltd obtained a short term loan which was fully repaid during the period. No further 
loans have been advanced to members of the economic entity (2020: $NIL). During the year members of the economic entity 
have repaid loans issued in previous years by AUB Group Limited totaling $28,856 (2020: $29,968). The balance outstanding 
at 30 June 2021 was $830,808 (2020: $344,673). 

A member of the Group Executive, K. McIvor, has a 10.7% (2020 10.7%) interest in the voting shares of a controlled entity, 
AUB Group NZ Limited.

iii.   Transactions with directors and director-related entities.
Entities within the Consolidated Group receive fees for arranging insurance cover for directors and /or director related entities. 
These transactions are at normal commercial terms and conditions. 

Other than disclosed above and in Notes 23(b) and 23(c), there were no other transactions with director or director 
related entities.

24  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On 26 August 2021, the Directors of AUB Group Limited determined a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the 2021 
financial year. The total amount of the dividend is $29.02m which represents a fully franked dividend of 39.0 cents per share. 
The dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2021 financial statements.

125

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

25  OTHER POLICIES

Other Policies
For the basis of preparation, significant accounting policies, and changes to accounting refer to Note 2.

For accounting policies on material balances refer to notes above.

Deferred revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from broking and agency activities are partially (2.5%, 2020: 2.5%) deferred for premium settlement and claims handling 
services. The amount of deferral is based on historic data (on time and cost such activities) adjusted for any forward looking 
anticipated changes, and margin on service of a standalone service (based on available external data). The revenue is recognised 
over time, generally 90 days for premium settlement, and within 12 months for claims handling. 

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements 
SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group with the right to access the cloud provider’s application software 
over the contract period. As such the Group does not receive a software intangible asset at the contract commencement date. 
A right to receive future access to the supplier’s software does not, at the contract commencement date, give the customer the 
power to obtain the future economic benefits flowing from the software itself and to restrict others’ access to those benefits. 

The following outlines the accounting treatment of costs incurred in relation to SaaS arrangements: 

 – Recognise as an operating expense over the term of the service contract:

 – Fee for use of application software;
 – Support and maintenance services; 
 – Program/Project management;
 – Integration*; and
 – Customisation costs.

 – Recognise as an operating expense as the service is received (as considered distinct services):

 – Configuration costs
 – Data conversion and migration costs**
 – Testing costs; and
 – Training costs.

Costs incurred for the development of software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing 
on-premise systems and meets the definition of and recognition criteria for an intangible asset are recognised as intangible 
software assets. Refer to Note 13 for an outline of accounting for intangible assets.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is 
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate 
can be made of the amount of the obligation.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at 
a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to 
the liability.

Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of Goods and Services Tax (GST) except:

 – when the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the 

GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

 – receivables and payables, which are stated with the amount of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Cash flows are included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows 
arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classified as 
operating cash flows. 

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

Integrations may be capitalised as part of an existing intangible asset if it meets the Group policy in relation to intangible capitalisation.

* 
**  Data conversion and migration costs may be capitalised if control over the underlying software can be established and if it meets all other requirements of the 

Group policy in relation to intangible capitalisation

126

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

25  OTHER POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Current versus non-current classification
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position based on current and non-current 
classification.

An asset is current when it is:

 – expected to be realised, or intended to be sold, or consumed in the normal operating cycle;
 – expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period;
 – held primarily for the purpose of trading; or
 – cash or cash equivalents unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after 

the reporting period.

A liability is current when:

 – it is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle;
 – it is held primarily for the purpose of trading;
 – it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period; or
 – there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

The Group classifies all other assets and liabilities as  
non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment, is stated at cost less depreciation and any impairment in value. 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:

Motor vehicles:  
Plant and equipment:  

5 to 8 years;
5 to 10 years. 

Impairment
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment at each reporting date, with recoverable amount 
being estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired.

For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash 
generating unit to which the asset belongs. If any such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated 
recoverable amount, the asset or cash generating unit is written down to their recoverable amount.

Derecognition and disposal
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are 
expected from its use or disposal. 

Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is included in comprehensive income in the year the asset is derecognised.

Employee benefits
Liabilities for employee entitlements to annual leave and other current entitlements are accrued at amounts calculated on the 
basis of current wage and salary rates, including package costs and on-costs. Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are 
recognised when the leave is taken and are measured at the rate paid or payable. 

Liabilities for employee entitlements to long service leave, which are not expected to be settled within twelve months after 
balance date, are accrued at the present value of the future amounts to be made in respect of services provided by employees 
up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary 
level, experience of employee departures and periods of service. The discount factor applied to all such future payments is 
determined using the corporate bond rates attaching as at the reporting date, with terms to maturity that match, as closely as 
possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Any contributions made to the accumulated superannuation funds by entities within the Group are charged against 
profits when due.

127

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

25  OTHER POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Make Good Provision
Current lease durations range from less than 1 year to 10 years. Make good payments will only be made at the end of the lease.

A provision has been made for the present value of anticipated costs of future restoration of leased premises. The provision 
includes future cost estimates associated with dismantling existing fit outs, repainting of premises and carpet replacement 
where necessary. 

The calculation of this provision requires assumptions such as future labour costs. These uncertainties may result in future 
expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided. The provision recognised for each premises is periodically reviewed 
and updated based on the facts and circumstances available at the time. Changes to the estimates of future costs are 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position by adjusting both the expense or asset and the provision.

Non-controlling Interests
This is measured at their proportionate share of the identifiable net assets and proportion of goodwill.

Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the entities at exchange rates 
at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are 
retranslated to the functional currencies at the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items 
is the difference between amortised cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the year adjusted for payments during 
the year and the amortised cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the year.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to Australian dollars at exchange rates at the reporting date. 
The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to Australian dollars at exchange rates on the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the foreign currency 
translation reserve, in equity. If the foreign operation is not a wholly owned controlled entity, then the relevant proportion of the 
translation difference is allocated to non-controlling interests.

Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when the net investment 
is disposed of.

Dividends Received
The Group recognises Dividends received within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as cash from operating activities. 
The Group’s strategy involves investing into other businesses (see Note 7). Cash flows from the Group’s investment in 
associates is derived in the form of dividends received. As the Group intends to hold such businesses for the long term, 
dividends from associates represents operating cash flows from the Group’s equity investments. The parent actively monitors 
dividend payout ratios compared to net profits generated by each business in which the parent has a direct investment.

128

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of AUB Group Limited, we state that:

In the opinion of the directors:

a.  the financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), 

including:
i.  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2021 and of its performance for the 

year ended on that date; 

ii. complying with Australian Accounting Standard (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations 

Regulations 2001;

b.  the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 2.1; and

c.  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable.

d.  this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance with 

section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for the financial year 30 June 2021.

On behalf of the Board

D.C. Clarke 
Chair   

M. P. C. Emmett 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Sydney, 26 August 2021 

Sydney, 26 August 2021

129

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW  2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of AUB Group Limited 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of AUB Group Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of AUB Group Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which 
comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2021, consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes 
to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors’ declaration. 

In our opinion the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2021 and of its consolidated 
financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our report. We are independent 
of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical 
requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. 
We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description 
of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of 
our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to 
respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, 
including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying 
financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

130

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

IImmppaaiirrmmeenntt  aasssseessssmmeenntt  ffoorr  ggooooddwwiillll,,  iinnssuurraannccee  bbrrookkiinngg  rreeggiisstteerrss  aanndd  iinnvveessttmmeenntt  iinn  aassssoocciiaatteess    
 Financial report reference: Notes 2, 7, 8, 13 and 14  

WWhhyy  ssiiggnniiffiiccaanntt  
At 30 June 2021, the Group’s statement of financial 
position includes goodwill, insurance broking registers and 
investment in associates totals $750 million, representing 
66% of total assets. The Group recognised additional 
$130 million of goodwill and $9 million of insurance 
broking registers arising from business acquisitions during 
the year. 
This was a key audit matter as the determination of 
whether or not goodwill, insurance broker registers and 
investment in associates are impaired, involves complex 
and significant  judgments by the Group about the future 
results of relevant parts of the business.  
The Directors and management have assessed goodwill, 
insurance broking registers and investment in associates 
for impairment at 30 June 2021. As disclosed within Note 
14 to the financial statements, the Group’s impairment 
assessment incorporated significant judgments and 
estimates. The key inputs and judgments involved in the 
impairment assessment include: 

  Determination of Cash Generating Units (‘CGUs’) 
  Applicable Revenue and Earnings Before Interest 

and Tax (EBIT) multiples 

  Discount rates, terminal growth rates as well as 
revenue and expense assumptions within 
Discounted Cashflow (DCF) models. 
  Stress testing of key assumptions.  

Economic and entity specific factors are incorporated into 
the EBIT multiples or DCFs used in the impairment 
assessments.  
The Group has more than 50 individual CGUs that operate in 
a diversified number of industries within the insurance 
broking and underwriting sector in Australia and New 
Zealand as well as the provision of support services. These 
CGUs can be impacted by changes in the macro-
environment such as the impacts of COVID-19 as well as 
positive or adverse impacts from specific industries or 
natural disasters.  

HHooww  oouurr  aauuddiitt  aaddddrreesssseedd  tthhee  kkeeyy  aauuddiitt  mmaatttteerr  
Our audit procedures included the following: 
  We assessed the Group’s determination of CGUs used in 
the impairment model, based on our understanding of the 
nature of the Group’s business and the economic 
environment in which  it operates. 

  We assessed the determination of the initial recognition 
of goodwill and intangible assets arising from business 
combinations during the year.  

  We evaluated the Group’s process regarding impairment 
assessments of goodwill, insurance broking registers and 
investment in associates and the determination of any 
asset impairment outcomes.  

  We evaluated the competence, capabilities and 
objectivity of management’s expert who advised 
management on EBIT multiples across the Group’s 
operating segments, geographical regions, and CGUs.  
  We involved EY valuation specialists to assist in assessing 
the appropriateness of the impairment models including 
key inputs into the models such as the applicable EBIT 
multiples and discount rates used in the current year 
impairment calculations.  

  We tested the mathematical accuracy of the impairment 
models and agreed relevant data back to management’s 
forecasts, audited year end results and other supporting 
documentation. 

  We assessed the reasonableness of the cash flow 

forecasts by comparing them to our understanding of the  
external factors affecting revenue growth of the industry 
and knowledge of the business. 

  We evaluated the estimated useful life attributed to 

identifiable insurance broking register intangible assets. 

  We assessed the Group’s sensitivity analysis and 

evaluated whether any reasonably foreseeable change in 
assumptions could lead to an impairment.  

  We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures in note 14 

to the financial report.  

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

131

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
  
 
  
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

DDeecceennttrraalliisseedd  ooppeerraattiioonnss  
Financial report reference: Notes 2.1, 8 and 9 

WWhhyy  ssiiggnniiffiiccaanntt  

The Group comprises more than 80 subsidiaries and 
associates (‘components’) with operations in Australia and 
New Zealand.  
This was a key audit matter as the individual components 
are wide ranging in size with each business operation 
having different customer profiles and products. The 
decentralised and varied nature of these operations 
require significant oversight by the Group to monitor the 
activities, review component financial reporting and 
undertake the Group consolidation procedures.  
The financial reports of a large number of controlled 
entities and associates are audited by component auditors 
other than EY and therefore the assessment of the 
adequacy of the procedures of other auditors was 
significant to the audit.  

HHooww  oouurr  aauuddiitt  aaddddrreesssseedd  tthhee  kkeeyy  aauuddiitt  mmaatttteerr  
Our audit procedures included the following: 

  We assessed the effectiveness of relevant controls over 

the Group’s decentralised structure, including monitoring 
controls at the Group, segment and individual component 
level which are focused on key performance metrics and 
risk reporting. 

  We planned and scoped our audit by size and risk across 

all components of the Group to determine the extent of 
audit work to be undertaken for each component. 
Instructions were sent to all component auditors 
including specific instructions asking them to consider 
those risks assessed as significant to the Group. 

  We received audit clearance and supporting 

documentation from all EY and Non-EY audited 
components. Where we identified components as 
significant entities, we liaised directly with the 
component audit teams to evaluate the adequacy of the 
auditor’s work, through review of: 

 
 
 

 

underlying audit work; 
the scoping of key audit areas; 
planning and execution of audit procedures, 
significant areas of estimation and judgment; and 
audit findings. 

  We analysed the financial information of all components. 

Procedures included discussions with Group 
management about the components’ financial 
performance, and an assessment as to whether there was 
any matters arising that required explanation or 
additional procedures. 

Information other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Group’s 
2021 Annual Report but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

132

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards 
will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide 
a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control. 

  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in 
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. 
  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related 

disclosures made by the directors. 

  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 

evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to 
modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 

  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and whether the 

financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within 
the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance 
of the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant 
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.  

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on 
our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report 
unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine 
that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be 
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

133

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Report on the audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 21 to 43 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 June 2021. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of the AUB Group Limited for the year ended 30 June 2021, complies with section 
300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based 
on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

Michael Wright 
Partner 
Sydney 
26 August 2021 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

134

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021 

Additional information required by the ASX Limited and not shown elsewhere in this report is as follows. The information is 
current as at 30 July 2021.

A.  DISTRIBUTION OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Ordinary share capital
 – 74,403,507 fully paid ordinary shares are held by 2,323 individual shareholders. All issued shares carry one vote per share 

and carry the rights to dividends.

 – 39,235 ordinary shares issued on exercise of options under the Senior Executive Option Plan are held in escrow in 

accordance with the Plan.

Options
 –  493,407 options are held by 9 individual option holders.

Options do not carry a right to vote.

The number of shareholders, by size of holding, in each class are:

Range of shareholding

100,001 and over

10,001 – 100,000

5,001 – 10,000

1,001 – 5,000

1 – 1,000

Number of 
shareholders

Fully paid 
ordinary 
shares

Fully paid 
ordinary 
shares (%)

Options

25

67,559,870

91%

128

156

698

3,519,744

1,164,786

1,700,757

1,316

458,350

5%

1%

2%

1%

2,323

74,403,507

100%

1

3

5

–

–

9

Holding less than a marketable parcel

131

B.  SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS 

Perpetual Limited

Challenger Limited

Greencape Capital Pty Limited

Yarra Capital Management Limited

Date of Notice

Number

26-July-2021

6,220,459

12-October-2020

 5,735,447 

08-October-2020

 4,781,786 

14-April-2021

 3,816,299 

Fully Paid 
Percentage

8.36%

7.71%

6.44%

5.13%

135

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021 

C.  TWENTY LARGEST HOLDERS OF QUOTED EQUITY SECURITIES 

Ordinary shareholders

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

AUSTRALIAN FOUNDATION INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED 

MILTON CORPORATION LIMITED 

MIRRABOOKA INVESTMENTS LIMITED 

MASFEN SECURITIES LIMITED 

DJERRIWARRH INVESTMENTS LIMITED

WOODROSS NOMINEES PTY LTD

MRS GAELEEN ENID ROUVRAY

INVIA CUSTODIAN PTY LIMITED 

NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED 

DCRM PTY LTD

GOTTLIEB PTY LTD

BOND STREET CUSTODIANS LIMITED 

NEWECONOMY COM AU NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

MARKEY INVESTMENTS PTY LTD 

MR STEPHEN SPENCE ROUVRAY 

Number

Fully paid 
Percentage

 24,040,075 

32.31%

 17,698,558 

23.79%

 10,654,360 

14.32%

 4,229,471 

 4,085,020 

 2,525,837 

 1,292,991 

 708,500 

 475,694 

 333,197 

 293,075 

 236,723 

 236,888 

 236,688 

 210,669 

 210,669 

 181,358 

 180,745 

 148,709 

 147,805 

5.68%

5.49%

3.39%

1.74%

0.95%

0.64%

0.45%

0.39%

0.32%

0.32%

0.32%

0.28%

0.28%

0.24%

0.24%

0.20%

0.20%

68,127,032

91.55%

136

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIVIDEND DETAILS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021 

DIVIDEND DETAILS

Dividend

Interim

Final*

Amount

Franking

Ex Date

Record Date

Payment Date

16.0c Fully Franked

5/03/2021

4/03/2021

8/04/2021

39.0c Fully Franked

8/09/2021

9/09/2021

11/10/2021

* 

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended and will not apply to the final dividend.

137

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021CORPORATE INFORMATION 

This annual report covers the consolidated entity comprising AUB Group Limited and its subsidiaries. The Group’s functional 
and presentation currency is AUD($).

A description of the Group’s operations and of its principal activities is included in the operating and financial review in the 
Directors’ report on pages 12-15.

DIRECTORS 
D. C. Clarke (Chair) 
M. P. C Emmett (Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director) 
C. L. Rogers 
P. G. Harmer 
P. A. Lahiff 
R. J. Carless 
R. J. Low

COMPANY SECRETARIES 
R.H. Bell 
A. K. T. Luu 

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 
The Annual General Meeting of AUB Group Limited will be held on Wednesday 10th of November 2021 at 10.00am.

REGISTERED OFFICE AND PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS 

AUB Group Limited 
Level 14, 141 Walker Street  
North Sydney NSW 2060 

P: + 61 2 9935 2222  
W: www.aubgroup.com.au 

ACN: 000 000 715 

SHARE REGISTER 

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street  
Sydney NSW 2000 

P: 1300 554 474  
(Outside Australia +61 2 8280 7100) 

AUB Group Limited shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX: AUB) 

AUDITORS 

Ernst & Young
200 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 

138

AUB GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2021www.aubgroup.com.au